US20220009957A1 - Methods for Preparing Bile Acids - Google Patents
Methods for Preparing Bile Acids Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220009957A1 US20220009957A1 US17/381,865 US202117381865A US2022009957A1 US 20220009957 A1 US20220009957 A1 US 20220009957A1 US 202117381865 A US202117381865 A US 202117381865A US 2022009957 A1 US2022009957 A1 US 2022009957A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- formula
- formula iii
- acid
- reaction
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 171
- 239000003613 bile acid Substances 0.000 title description 19
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 299
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 107
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 94
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005594 diketone group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoxycholic acid Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 181
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 abstract description 137
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3alpha,5alpha,7alpha,12alpha)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-cholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 133
- 235000019416 cholic acid Nutrition 0.000 abstract description 133
- 239000004380 Cholic acid Substances 0.000 abstract description 132
- 229960002471 cholic acid Drugs 0.000 abstract description 132
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 96
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 85
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-BSWAIDMHSA-N chenodeoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-BSWAIDMHSA-N 0.000 abstract description 54
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 abstract description 50
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 abstract description 49
- RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3beta,5beta,7alpha)-3,7-Dihydroxycholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)CC2 RUDATBOHQWOJDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 48
- 229960001091 chenodeoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 abstract description 48
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 47
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 39
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 abstract description 33
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 abstract description 30
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 abstract description 27
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 abstract description 25
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 abstract description 22
- FMGSKLZLMKYGDP-USOAJAOKSA-N dehydroepiandrosterone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC=C21 FMGSKLZLMKYGDP-USOAJAOKSA-N 0.000 abstract description 22
- 229960002847 prasterone Drugs 0.000 abstract description 22
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 119
- -1 plant derived Chemical class 0.000 description 74
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 62
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 57
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 50
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 50
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 45
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 43
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 42
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 41
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 40
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 39
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 36
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 33
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 29
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 28
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 27
- 0 C[C@](CCC1)(CC2)[C@]1(*)[C@@]1(*)[C@@]2(*)[C@@](C)(CCCC2)C2CC1 Chemical compound C[C@](CCC1)(CC2)[C@]1(*)[C@@]1(*)[C@@]2(*)[C@@](C)(CCCC2)C2CC1 0.000 description 26
- 238000006859 Swern oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 26
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 26
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 26
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane Natural products ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 24
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 20
- LEHBURLTIWGHEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridinium chlorochromate Chemical compound [O-][Cr](Cl)(=O)=O.C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 LEHBURLTIWGHEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- FMGSKLZLMKYGDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydroepiandrosterone Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C3CCC(C)(C(CC4)=O)C4C3CC=C21 FMGSKLZLMKYGDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 19
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Substances C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 15
- ZYZCALPXKGUGJI-DDVDASKDSA-M (e,3r,5s)-7-[3-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-phenyl-5-propan-2-ylimidazol-4-yl]-3,5-dihydroxyhept-6-enoate Chemical compound C=1C=C(F)C=CC=1N1C(\C=C\[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC([O-])=O)=C(C(C)C)N=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZYZCALPXKGUGJI-DDVDASKDSA-M 0.000 description 14
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- JRNVZBWKYDBUCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-chlorosuccinimide Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)CCC1=O JRNVZBWKYDBUCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 14
- HZNVUJQVZSTENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(=O)C(C#N)=C(C#N)C1=O HZNVUJQVZSTENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 12
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 12
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 12
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- BQXUPNKLZNSUMC-YUQWMIPFSA-N CCN(CCCCCOCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1C[C@H](O)C[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C)c1ccc(cc1)-c1scnc1C)C(C)(C)C)CCOc1ccc(cc1)C(=O)c1c(sc2cc(O)ccc12)-c1ccc(O)cc1 Chemical compound CCN(CCCCCOCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1C[C@H](O)C[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](C)c1ccc(cc1)-c1scnc1C)C(C)(C)C)CCOc1ccc(cc1)C(=O)c1c(sc2cc(O)ccc12)-c1ccc(O)cc1 BQXUPNKLZNSUMC-YUQWMIPFSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 10
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 10
- FIYYMXYOBLWYQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ortho-iodylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1I(=O)=O FIYYMXYOBLWYQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OC(=O)C(F)(F)F QAEDZJGFFMLHHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 9
- SMNRFWMNPDABKZ-WVALLCKVSA-N [[(2R,3S,4R,5S)-5-(2,6-dioxo-3H-pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [[[(2R,3S,4S,5R,6R)-4-fluoro-3,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@H]2O[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]2O)C2C=CC(=O)NC2=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](F)[C@@H]1O SMNRFWMNPDABKZ-WVALLCKVSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 9
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical group [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 150000004072 triols Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229940126639 Compound 33 Drugs 0.000 description 8
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910010082 LiAlH Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PNUZDKCDAWUEGK-CYZMBNFOSA-N Sitafloxacin Chemical compound C([C@H]1N)N(C=2C(=C3C(C(C(C(O)=O)=CN3[C@H]3[C@H](C3)F)=O)=CC=2F)Cl)CC11CC1 PNUZDKCDAWUEGK-CYZMBNFOSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011777 magnesium Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003810 Jones reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940117975 chromium trioxide Drugs 0.000 description 7
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium trioxide Inorganic materials O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Cr+6] GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001052 heteronuclear multiple bond coherence spectrum Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 7
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 7
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical class [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 6
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical class [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical class [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical class [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011575 calcium Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 6
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- XDLNRRRJZOJTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiohypochlorous acid Chemical compound ClS XDLNRRRJZOJTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000001644 13C nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- FBPINGSGHKXIQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3-(2-carboxyethylsulfanyl)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CSCCC(O)=O FBPINGSGHKXIQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical group [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 5
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical class [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910019020 PtO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N adams's catalyst Chemical compound O=[Pt]=O YKIOKAURTKXMSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- QBULTKZGKKTANH-UHFFFAOYSA-M chloro(dimethyl)sulfanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[S+](C)Cl QBULTKZGKKTANH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromate(2-) Chemical compound [O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 5
- SBTSVTLGWRLWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(ii) triflate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.[O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F SBTSVTLGWRLWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- MGNCLNQXLYJVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanuric chloride Chemical compound ClC1=NC(Cl)=NC(Cl)=N1 MGNCLNQXLYJVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000002638 heterogeneous catalyst Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 5
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011591 potassium Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- UGNWTBMOAKPKBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloro-1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound ClC1=C(Cl)C(=O)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C1=O UGNWTBMOAKPKBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical group OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical class [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010024612 Lipoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trichloroethylene Chemical compound ClC=C(Cl)Cl XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940009025 chenodeoxycholate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229940099352 cholate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000003098 cholesteric effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005100 correlation spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000002140 halogenating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000013067 intermediate product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 4
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000010183 spectrum analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 150000005622 tetraalkylammonium hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- KKVZONPEMODBBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-hydroxydodecane-1,1-diyl)bis(phosphonic acid) Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O KKVZONPEMODBBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N (1R,9R,10S,11R,12R,15S,18S,21R)-10,11,21-trihydroxy-8,8-dimethyl-14-methylidene-4-(prop-2-enylamino)-20-oxa-5-thia-3-azahexacyclo[9.7.2.112,15.01,9.02,6.012,18]henicosa-2(6),3-dien-13-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@]23C(C1=C)=O)C[C@H]2[C@]12C(N=C(NCC=C)S4)=C4CC(C)(C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@]3(O)OC2 UAOUIVVJBYDFKD-XKCDOFEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MAKMQGKJURAJEN-RUZDIDTESA-N (2r)-1-benzyl-n-(3-spiro[1h-2-benzofuran-3,4'-piperidine]-1'-ylpropyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C(NCCCN2CCC3(CC2)C2=CC=CC=C2CO3)=O)CCN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 MAKMQGKJURAJEN-RUZDIDTESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006706 (C3-C6) carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006570 (C5-C6) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- NEVBYCDQGXFCCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propylpyrido[2,3-d][1,3]oxazine-2,4-dione Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)N(CCC)C2=N1 NEVBYCDQGXFCCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WOXFMYVTSLAQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Pyridinemethanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=N1 WOXFMYVTSLAQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 3
- KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron trifluoride etherate Chemical compound FB(F)F.CCOCC KZMGYPLQYOPHEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OJRUSAPKCPIVBY-KQYNXXCUSA-N C1=NC2=C(N=C(N=C2N1[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O3)COP(=O)(CP(=O)(O)O)O)O)O)I)N Chemical compound C1=NC2=C(N=C(N=C2N1[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O3)COP(=O)(CP(=O)(O)O)O)O)O)I)N OJRUSAPKCPIVBY-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MVKRKBBGSNLTTR-GOZZBPKESA-N [H]C1C[C@]2([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]2([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]12[H] Chemical compound [H]C1C[C@]2([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]2([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]12[H] MVKRKBBGSNLTTR-GOZZBPKESA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEDQOCWDNTUDQH-UZSWPKKGSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C[C@@]3([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C[C@@]3([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] WEDQOCWDNTUDQH-UZSWPKKGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 229940125773 compound 10 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940125758 compound 15 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- GGUBFICZYGKNTD-BFGUONQLSA-N ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate Chemical group CCO[13C](=O)[13CH2]P(=O)(OCC)OCC GGUBFICZYGKNTD-BFGUONQLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GELSOTNVVKOYAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl(triphenyl)phosphanium Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1[P+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 GELSOTNVVKOYAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N jdtic Chemical compound C1([C@]2(C)CCN(C[C@@H]2C)C[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H]2NCC3=CC(O)=CC=C3C2)=CC=CC(O)=C1 ZLVXBBHTMQJRSX-VMGNSXQWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl-cyclopentane Natural products CC1CCCC1 GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- RUVINXPYWBROJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-methoxyphenyl Natural products COC1=CC=C(C=CC)C=C1 RUVINXPYWBROJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical class [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- GGUBFICZYGKNTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl phosphonoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CP(=O)(OCC)OCC GGUBFICZYGKNTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IIHPVYJPDKJYOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(=CC(=O)OCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 IIHPVYJPDKJYOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N (1S,2S,4R,8S,9S,11S,12R,13S,19S)-6-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-12,19-difluoro-11-hydroxy-8-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-9,13-dimethyl-6-azapentacyclo[10.8.0.02,9.04,8.013,18]icosa-14,17-dien-16-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4[C@@H](F)C3)C)(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@@]2([C@@]1(C1)C(=O)CO)C)N1CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N (1s,2s,3s,5r)-1-(carboxymethyl)-3,5-bis[(4-phenoxyphenyl)methyl-propylcarbamoyl]cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1[C@@H]([C@](CC(O)=O)([C@H](C(=O)N(CCC)CC=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=2)C1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)N(CCC)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 SZUVGFMDDVSKSI-WIFOCOSTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N (2S,3R)-N-[(2S)-3-(cyclopenten-1-yl)-1-[(2R)-2-methyloxiran-2-yl]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]-3-hydroxy-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-[[(2S)-2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylacetyl)amino]propanoyl]amino]propanamide Chemical compound C1(=CCCC1)C[C@@H](C(=O)[C@@]1(OC1)C)NC([C@H]([C@@H](C1=CC=C(C=C1)OC)O)NC([C@H](C)NC(CN1CCOCC1)=O)=O)=O GHYOCDFICYLMRF-UTIIJYGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ITOFPJRDSCGOSA-KZLRUDJFSA-N (2s)-2-[[(4r)-4-[(3r,5r,8r,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-3-hydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]pentanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H](CC[C@]13C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]3CC[C@@H]1[C@H](C)CCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CNC2=CC=CC=C12 ITOFPJRDSCGOSA-KZLRUDJFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N (2s,4r)-4-[(3r,5s,6r,7r,8s,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-6-ethyl-3,7-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]-2-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound C([C@@]12C)C[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1[C@@H](CC)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)C[C@H](C)C(O)=O)CC[C@H]21 HSINOMROUCMIEA-FGVHQWLLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N (3S,8S,10R,13S,14S,17S)-17-isoquinolin-7-yl-N,N,10,13-tetramethyl-2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-dodecahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-amine Chemical compound CN(C)[C@H]1CC[C@]2(C)C3CC[C@@]4(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@H]4c4ccc5ccncc5c4)[C@@H]3CC=C2C1 IWZSHWBGHQBIML-ZGGLMWTQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical group O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KQZLRWGGWXJPOS-NLFPWZOASA-N 1-[(1R)-1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-6-[(4S,5R)-4-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-methylcyclohexen-1-yl]pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyrazine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClC1=C(C=CC(=C1)Cl)[C@@H](C)N1N=C(C=2C1=NC(=CN=2)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H](C1)C)N1[C@@H](CCC1)CO)C#N KQZLRWGGWXJPOS-NLFPWZOASA-N 0.000 description 2
- WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 1-[(3s,4s)-4-[8-(2-chloro-4-pyrimidin-2-yloxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CN=C3C=C(F)C(C=4C(=CC(OC=5N=CC=CN=5)=CC=4)Cl)=CC3=C2N1[C@H]1CCN(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]1F WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 1-[2-[(2s,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]oxy-4,6-dihydroxyphenyl]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ONBQEOIKXPHGMB-VBSBHUPXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 1-[6-[2-[3-[3-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-[2-[[(2r)-1-[[2-[[(2r)-1-[3-[2-[2-[3-[[2-(2-amino-2-oxoethoxy)acetyl]amino]propoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propylamino]-3-hydroxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-2-oxoethyl]amino]-3-[(2r)-2,3-di(hexadecanoyloxy)propyl]sulfanyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl Chemical compound O=C1C(SCCC(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)NCCCOCCOCCOCCCNC(=O)COCC(N)=O)CC(=O)N1CCNC(=O)CCCCCN\1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2CC/1=C/C=C/C=C/C1=[N+](CC)C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C1 UNILWMWFPHPYOR-KXEYIPSPSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 2-amino-9-[(1S,6R,8R,9S,10R,15R,17R,18R)-8-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-9,18-difluoro-3,12-dihydroxy-3,12-bis(sulfanylidene)-2,4,7,11,13,16-hexaoxa-3lambda5,12lambda5-diphosphatricyclo[13.2.1.06,10]octadecan-17-yl]-1H-purin-6-one Chemical compound NC1=NC2=C(N=CN2[C@@H]2O[C@@H]3COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]4[C@@H](COP(S)(=O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]3F)O[C@H]([C@H]4F)N2C=NC3=C2N=CN=C3N)C(=O)N1 YSUIQYOGTINQIN-UZFYAQMZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 2-amino-9-[(2R,3S,4S,5R)-4-fluoro-3-hydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-7-prop-2-ynyl-1H-purine-6,8-dione Chemical compound NC=1NC(C=2N(C(N(C=2N=1)[C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]1O)F)CO)=O)CC#C)=O TVTJUIAKQFIXCE-HUKYDQBMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 3-[(1r)-1-[(2r,6s)-2,6-dimethylmorpholin-4-yl]ethyl]-n-[6-methyl-3-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazin-8-yl]-1,2-thiazol-5-amine Chemical compound N1([C@H](C)C2=NSC(NC=3C4=NC=C(N4C=C(C)N=3)C3=CNN=C3)=C2)C[C@H](C)O[C@H](C)C1 QBWKPGNFQQJGFY-QLFBSQMISA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZJQWXXSZXSTKHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chlorobenzenecarboperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1.OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 ZJQWXXSZXSTKHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000699 Bacterial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 229940126657 Compound 17 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu+ Chemical group [Cu+] VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical group [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylformamide Substances CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OPFJDXRVMFKJJO-ZHHKINOHSA-N N-{[3-(2-benzamido-4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-5-yl)-pyrazol-5-yl]carbonyl}-G-dR-G-dD-dD-dD-NH2 Chemical compound S1C(C=2NN=C(C=2)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(N)=O)=C(C)N=C1NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OPFJDXRVMFKJJO-ZHHKINOHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SCKXCAADGDQQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Performic acid Chemical group OOC=O SCKXCAADGDQQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QYTDEUPAUMOIOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N TEMPO Chemical group CC1(C)CCCC(C)(C)N1[O] QYTDEUPAUMOIOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N [(1s,3r,4ar,7s,8s,8as)-3-hydroxy-8-[2-[(4r)-4-hydroxy-6-oxooxan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalen-1-yl] (2s)-2-methylbutanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H]2C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)CC1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N 0.000 description 2
- MXZNUGFCDVAXLG-CHWSQXEVSA-N [(2S)-1-[(2R)-3-methyl-2-(pyridine-4-carbonylamino)butanoyl]pyrrolidin-2-yl]boronic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](NC(=O)c1ccncc1)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1B(O)O MXZNUGFCDVAXLG-CHWSQXEVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LNUFLCYMSVYYNW-ZPJMAFJPSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-6-[[(3s,5s,8r,9s,10s,13r,14s,17r)-10,13-dimethyl-17-[(2r)-6-methylheptan-2-yl]-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl]oxy]-4,5-disulfo Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@H]3[C@@H]4CC[C@@H]([C@]4(CC[C@@H]3[C@@]2(C)CC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H]1O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H]1OS(O)(=O)=O LNUFLCYMSVYYNW-ZPJMAFJPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHGZQIFDUBOCRX-QQWMTPSBSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H] VHGZQIFDUBOCRX-QQWMTPSBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KEWRUORWLNOHHV-UKHXLODDSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 KEWRUORWLNOHHV-UKHXLODDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SHKGRRUDHVZPMH-CBOOBRMOSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 SHKGRRUDHVZPMH-CBOOBRMOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VFPMCLQMAUVEHD-QEZDCCQKSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 VFPMCLQMAUVEHD-QEZDCCQKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PFZUIDNKXWIWBG-YRRYRNBBSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 PFZUIDNKXWIWBG-YRRYRNBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PFZUIDNKXWIWBG-YHEMGIGTSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 PFZUIDNKXWIWBG-YHEMGIGTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003146 anticoagulant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N asunaprevir Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1C[C@H](CN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)OC1=NC=C(C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C21)OC)N[C@]1(C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2CC2)C[C@H]1C=C XRWSZZJLZRKHHD-WVWIJVSJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000688 bacterial toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- KGNDCEVUMONOKF-UGPLYTSKSA-N benzyl n-[(2r)-1-[(2s,4r)-2-[[(2s)-6-amino-1-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)-1,1-dihydroxyhexan-2-yl]carbamoyl]-4-[(4-methylphenyl)methoxy]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-1-oxo-4-phenylbutan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1CO[C@H]1CN(C(=O)[C@@H](CCC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)OCC=2C=CC=CC=2)[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(O)(O)C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C1 KGNDCEVUMONOKF-UGPLYTSKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125797 compound 12 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126543 compound 14 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126142 compound 16 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125810 compound 20 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126086 compound 21 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125833 compound 23 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125961 compound 24 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125846 compound 25 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125851 compound 27 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940127204 compound 29 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125877 compound 31 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium carbonate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]C([O-])=O XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052808 lithium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006772 olefination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 2
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphine group Chemical group P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002510 pyrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940086542 triethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XPPHUWQIZFQGEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy-diphenylsilyl]oxy-diphenylsilane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Si](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(OC(C)(C)C)O[Si](OC(C)(C)C)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XPPHUWQIZFQGEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N (3S)-3-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[5-[(3aS,6aR)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyl]amino]-4-[1-bis(4-chlorophenoxy)phosphorylbutylamino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCCC(NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1ccc(O)cc1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCC1SC[C@@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]12)C(C)C)P(=O)(Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1)Oc1ccc(Cl)cc1 QFLWZFQWSBQYPS-AWRAUJHKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006545 (C1-C9) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QCLQKAGGYWJITI-JGFHEDKQSA-N *.*.*.*.S.S.S.S.S.S.S.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CCC(C)=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@]([H])([C@@H](C)CCC(=O)O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound *.*.*.*.S.S.S.S.S.S.S.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CCC(C)=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@]([H])([C@@H](C)CCC(=O)O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 QCLQKAGGYWJITI-JGFHEDKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRMYDUMQUKCIOQ-IITGCRPGSA-N *.B.C.CC(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1CCC2C3CCC4CCCC[C@]4(C)C3CC[C@@]21C.[2HH].[H][C@]12CC[C@]3(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CCCC[C@@]12C Chemical compound *.B.C.CC(C)CCC[C@@H](C)[C@H]1CCC2C3CCC4CCCC[C@]4(C)C3CC[C@@]21C.[2HH].[H][C@]12CC[C@]3(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CCCC[C@@]12C NRMYDUMQUKCIOQ-IITGCRPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1OC=CO1 VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MICMHFIQSAMEJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromopyrrolidine-2,5-dione Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O.BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O MICMHFIQSAMEJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATPQHBQUXWELOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hydroxysulfanyl-2,4-dinitrobenzene Chemical compound OSC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O ATPQHBQUXWELOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQQWVNXRKRSUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dimethylbutan-2-yl-[2,3-dimethylbutan-2-yl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-dimethylsilane Chemical compound CC(C)C(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C(C)C RQQWVNXRKRSUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COEVUTZPOGDNRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(1,3-benzodithiol-2-yloxy)-1,3-benzodithiole Chemical compound S1C2=CC=CC=C2SC1OC1SC2=CC=CC=C2S1 COEVUTZPOGDNRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBWMWHHLQDBPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(thian-2-yloxy)thiane Chemical compound S1CCCCC1OC1SCCCC1 GBWMWHHLQDBPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMTBNBFBHBCERV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(thiolan-2-yloxy)thiolane Chemical compound C1CCSC1OC1SCCC1 JMTBNBFBHBCERV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEVPVIOYGHWVBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[[2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)ethenyl-di(propan-2-yl)silyl]oxy-di(propan-2-yl)silyl]ethenyl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(O)C=1C=C[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1O OEVPVIOYGHWVBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLCDBHWEGWAWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[[2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)ethenyl-dimethylsilyl]oxy-dimethylsilyl]ethenyl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(O)C=1C=C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1O PLCDBHWEGWAWRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDZNCSVWVMBVST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-trimethylsilylethyl hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCOC(O)=O LDZNCSVWVMBVST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFEOIZVOWLQFEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl-[3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-dimethylsilane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CCC2C1[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C1C(C2)CCC2C1 RFEOIZVOWLQFEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXTCTDQZUWWAEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-2-(4-methoxythian-2-yl)oxythiane Chemical compound C1C(OC)CCSC1OC1SCCC(OC)C1 ZXTCTDQZUWWAEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAOHLIHZHTWBAG-INNDXRHRSA-N CC.[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C[C@@]3([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=N/CC4=NC=CC=C4)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound CC.[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C[C@@]3([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=N/CC4=NC=CC=C4)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 ZAOHLIHZHTWBAG-INNDXRHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNASZUMKWFAUPW-LTDDTSCJSA-N CC.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=N/CC4=NC=CC=C4)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound CC.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=N/CC4=NC=CC=C4)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 HNASZUMKWFAUPW-LTDDTSCJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVEMGVVAWGGVBO-FWEZLSHSSA-N CCOC(/C=C/[C@@H](C)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H]23)[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C1)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC(/C=C/[C@@H](C)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H]23)[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C1)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)=O)=O WVEMGVVAWGGVBO-FWEZLSHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZADWFYXXQSXBPV-OVAXIDAPSA-N CCOC(CC[C@@H](C)[C@@H](CC1)[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H]2[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C3)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]3C3)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]3OC(C)=O)=O Chemical compound CCOC(CC[C@@H](C)[C@@H](CC1)[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H]2[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C3)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]3C3)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]3OC(C)=O)=O ZADWFYXXQSXBPV-OVAXIDAPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-SQQVJSAMSA-N C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)[C@@H](CC[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H](C2)[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C3)O)[C@@H]3C3)[C@@H]3O)[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2O Chemical compound C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)[C@@H](CC[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@H](C2)[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C3)O)[C@@H]3C3)[C@@H]3O)[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2O BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-SQQVJSAMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDXDROKJFAFXHB-MAAVVYDCSA-N C[C@@]([C@@H](CC1)[C@H]2[C@H](C3)[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C4)O)C4=CC2)([C@@H]3O)C1=O Chemical compound C[C@@]([C@@H](CC1)[C@H]2[C@H](C3)[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C4)O)C4=CC2)([C@@H]3O)C1=O FDXDROKJFAFXHB-MAAVVYDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOVCFHQCCVKQOE-GKLTVPDCSA-N C[C@@]([C@@H](CC1)[C@H]2[C@H](C3)[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C4)OC(C)=O)C4=CC2)([C@@H]3O)C1=O Chemical compound C[C@@]([C@@H](CC1)[C@H]2[C@H](C3)[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C4)OC(C)=O)C4=CC2)([C@@H]3O)C1=O DOVCFHQCCVKQOE-GKLTVPDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGKWVTXAZOKJNC-ALVLZMATSA-N C[C@H](C=O)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H]23)[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C1)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)=O Chemical compound C[C@H](C=O)C1=CC[C@@H]([C@@H]23)[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C1)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)=O AGKWVTXAZOKJNC-ALVLZMATSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMBHWSWRKLOZEU-RAWLEUMNSA-N C[C@H](CC1)C[C@@H](CC2)[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](CC1)[C@@H]2[C@H](CC2)[C@@]1(C)/C2=N/CC1=NC=[I]C=C1 Chemical compound C[C@H](CC1)C[C@@H](CC2)[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](CC1)[C@@H]2[C@H](CC2)[C@@]1(C)/C2=N/CC1=NC=[I]C=C1 HMBHWSWRKLOZEU-RAWLEUMNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKAUKDWFYKLYOH-AGGJBQQMSA-N C[C@](CC1)([C@@H](CC2)[C@H]3[C@H]1[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C1)O)C1=CC3)/C2=N/Cc1ccccn1 Chemical compound C[C@](CC1)([C@@H](CC2)[C@H]3[C@H]1[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C1)O)C1=CC3)/C2=N/Cc1ccccn1 NKAUKDWFYKLYOH-AGGJBQQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCRRLENQWWHABS-LGWDHLEHSA-N C[C@](CC1)([C@@H](CC2)[C@H]3[C@H]1[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C1)OC(C)=O)C1=CC3)/C2=N/Cc1ccccn1 Chemical compound C[C@](CC1)([C@@H](CC2)[C@H]3[C@H]1[C@@](C)(CC[C@@H](C1)OC(C)=O)C1=CC3)/C2=N/Cc1ccccn1 HCRRLENQWWHABS-LGWDHLEHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYNDDMAXDSHEMO-KKSFDVKFSA-N C[C@](CC[C@@H]1[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C2)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]2C2)([C@@H](CC3)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2OC(C)=O)/C3=C\C Chemical compound C[C@](CC[C@@H]1[C@@](C)(CC[C@H](C2)OC(C)=O)[C@@H]2C2)([C@@H](CC3)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2OC(C)=O)/C3=C\C YYNDDMAXDSHEMO-KKSFDVKFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical group BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDKVBBDCMYWIGI-YNCBQWGASA-N NCC1=CC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C QDKVBBDCMYWIGI-YNCBQWGASA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBDYZSMPJDGYAO-FKMOMSOLSA-N NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)C=O)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])C=CC1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)C=O)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])C=CC1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C LBDYZSMPJDGYAO-FKMOMSOLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRZOOPMBPYVDJC-CKNWLKHXSA-N NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] LRZOOPMBPYVDJC-CKNWLKHXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFVRBAMQRXTCSS-MCIWKISXSA-N NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] DFVRBAMQRXTCSS-MCIWKISXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFSDYBHRJQKJTI-IFTNKKOASA-N NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] RFSDYBHRJQKJTI-IFTNKKOASA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFIDUUAFZXDVPG-PBFFMWPJSA-N NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C[C@@]3([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=N/CC4=NC=CC=C4)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound NCC1=NC=CC=C1.[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C[C@@]3([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=N/CC4=NC=CC=C4)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 XFIDUUAFZXDVPG-PBFFMWPJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKYOCKIXMTWGGZ-ZGXPONJYSA-M O[Na].[H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound O[Na].[H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 YKYOCKIXMTWGGZ-ZGXPONJYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NDLYTYULPJDZIU-GQBXYSLHSA-N [H]C1([C@H](C)C=C)=CC[C@]2([H])[C@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H]C1([C@H](C)C=C)=CC[C@]2([H])[C@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] NDLYTYULPJDZIU-GQBXYSLHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODFHHECDCZZICL-LYWYBQTLSA-N [H]C1C[C@]2([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]12[H] Chemical compound [H]C1C[C@]2([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]12[H] ODFHHECDCZZICL-LYWYBQTLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKHGKQDGYMQHEA-BPDOJWMBSA-N [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 HKHGKQDGYMQHEA-BPDOJWMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROONZDSEHSCVQG-FFFIEFPASA-N [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2 ROONZDSEHSCVQG-FFFIEFPASA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGIOMWXWPXARFF-BOJXWMNSSA-N [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 OGIOMWXWPXARFF-BOJXWMNSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGIOMWXWPXARFF-SXOULGSJSA-N [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC(=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])C(=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 OGIOMWXWPXARFF-SXOULGSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKHYLUWPFQINRQ-WEGOGZFMSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C CKHYLUWPFQINRQ-WEGOGZFMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLZUYZTVYZXSHB-UTDKQDIYSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C BLZUYZTVYZXSHB-UTDKQDIYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFKKYDOOEMFJFV-NLABYHEZSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C GFKKYDOOEMFJFV-NLABYHEZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHRJXEMHEFQABU-CSHQFEIHSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] NHRJXEMHEFQABU-CSHQFEIHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBPNPRBAMAJVKT-XWVKHRDKSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)CC1C[C@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)CC1C[C@H](O)CC[C@@]12C QBPNPRBAMAJVKT-XWVKHRDKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNAXUONZSAGWEA-ZNQDVVGSSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C JNAXUONZSAGWEA-ZNQDVVGSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZWYLXKUCSLOOH-RDYDBQBHSA-N [H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC/C(=N\CC3=NC=CC=C3)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C DZWYLXKUCSLOOH-RDYDBQBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUTWUIQZMNJKPZ-GESUUGBQSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C(=CC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C(=CC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] LUTWUIQZMNJKPZ-GESUUGBQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTLPXLOQPKLASZ-DFHHSBJPSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](C)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H].[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C PTLPXLOQPKLASZ-DFHHSBJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHEFNLYSULUOJK-KIQDMPFRSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)/C=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)/C=C/C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] PHEFNLYSULUOJK-KIQDMPFRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBSLJJXHLGABAK-GQBXYSLHSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)C=C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)C=C)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] BBSLJJXHLGABAK-GQBXYSLHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XFQQSBUBQBGYRW-GQBXYSLHSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)CC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)CC)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] XFQQSBUBQBGYRW-GQBXYSLHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZERLUSOKZIDUKW-YSBISSAUSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)CO)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C([C@H](C)CO)[C@@]1(C)[C@H](OC)C[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] ZERLUSOKZIDUKW-YSBISSAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHJIXIODMDWNH-KCNJTDMRSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3=CC[C@@]21[H] RYHJIXIODMDWNH-KCNJTDMRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLEPQONDDAFWMI-HSTYTGSSSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3C=C[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3C=C[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@H](O)CC3C=C[C@@]21[H] FLEPQONDDAFWMI-HSTYTGSSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VXUAXLOVFFOKOO-OZWALMNPSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H] VXUAXLOVFFOKOO-OZWALMNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMCZFHLTCODYSQ-CBMIYRLXSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)C=C3[C@H]3O[C@H]3[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] RMCZFHLTCODYSQ-CBMIYRLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARNGZSMSOIDBDB-DLGXSCSTSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCC(=O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H].[H][C@@]12CCC(=O)[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H](O)CC3C[C@@H](O)[C@@]21[H] ARNGZSMSOIDBDB-DLGXSCSTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZLYKIGBANMMBK-FZFXZXLVSA-N [H][C@@]12CCC[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCCCC3CC[C@@]21[H] Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CCC[C@@]1(C)CC[C@]1([H])[C@@]3(C)CCCCC3CC[C@@]21[H] QZLYKIGBANMMBK-FZFXZXLVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JFOKIUQVYYJRIW-BMFPVVMNSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 JFOKIUQVYYJRIW-BMFPVVMNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHAZWNFTNATYRF-VBXXJMHSSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 VHAZWNFTNATYRF-VBXXJMHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWFBVFQRLJMONL-KHNDYKMQSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 WWFBVFQRLJMONL-KHNDYKMQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHACPGFNNUKBES-KEBFRYTASA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)CO)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)CO)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 CHACPGFNNUKBES-KEBFRYTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRPTWSRTJBKQQG-FPKHNRISSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 RRPTWSRTJBKQQG-FPKHNRISSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRFBJKGJXKMDKH-RUZKOHQBSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 WRFBJKGJXKMDKH-RUZKOHQBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVVSJFMTWOSPLP-INQLGVJISA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 IVVSJFMTWOSPLP-INQLGVJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGYBREMQEOGIOW-ZYRSABDISA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 NGYBREMQEOGIOW-ZYRSABDISA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLZVMIOFDAQISL-FGFGTPGHSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)CO)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)CO)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 PLZVMIOFDAQISL-FGFGTPGHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNVIXCQTFGFSEQ-DGESJXQPSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](C)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=C)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)C2 QNVIXCQTFGFSEQ-DGESJXQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNYUOXNGMJUREJ-CBHFXPLJSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 KNYUOXNGMJUREJ-CBHFXPLJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBAUXWYXAXRGIF-QYUCZUGLSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 DBAUXWYXAXRGIF-QYUCZUGLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMBJNXYTYSFSMM-PNJZZNMDSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 SMBJNXYTYSFSMM-PNJZZNMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPWSOYVPVJJXMJ-RLZUPDMUSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])C(C)CO)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])C(C)CO)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])C(C)CO)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])C(C)CO)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 HPWSOYVPVJJXMJ-RLZUPDMUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZPXSQCRTRNXRB-XNWXRZDNSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@@H](C)CCC(C)=O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@@H](C)CCC(C)=O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 KZPXSQCRTRNXRB-XNWXRZDNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZFFQUNXUHACQX-XTPCKZJPSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 RZFFQUNXUHACQX-XTPCKZJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYDZLHHXPQFWME-HFIUCDOYSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C YYDZLHHXPQFWME-HFIUCDOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUYHKDJIUVYSHC-XBHBPQKGSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C BUYHKDJIUVYSHC-XBHBPQKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZPXSQCRTRNXRB-UNBLDECJSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@]([H])([C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@]([H])([C@H](C)CCC(C)=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@]([H])([C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@H](O)[C@]3(C)[C@]([H])([C@H](C)CCC(C)=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C2 KZPXSQCRTRNXRB-UNBLDECJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRUWPLBXUREXEA-YQEXHITRSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 DRUWPLBXUREXEA-YQEXHITRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMMFKWQAQJCAPU-QRBVWAJISA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 UMMFKWQAQJCAPU-QRBVWAJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGVOIHXVQOATHN-UAVGAVCFSA-N [H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 Chemical compound [H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2.[H][C@@]12C[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@]1([H])C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)=CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)C2 OGVOIHXVQOATHN-UAVGAVCFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQFPTDVAVPJZSJ-CSKSRRPRSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])C=C/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])C=C/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@@]12C CQFPTDVAVPJZSJ-CSKSRRPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSAKUJRXOYNHSV-NBWFSTRSSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])C=CC1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])C=CC1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C WSAKUJRXOYNHSV-NBWFSTRSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKSNELRXQKAQNP-MLDTUNMQSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC/C1=C/C(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C DKSNELRXQKAQNP-MLDTUNMQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MJNXCOXUMLZJKO-CNDMLVKRSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C MJNXCOXUMLZJKO-CNDMLVKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOASGEVBDKRTDR-IIJCJQARSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C.[H][C@]12C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]21C.[H][C@]12C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]21C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C.[H][C@]12C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)O)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]21C.[H][C@]12C[C@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])C[C@H](O)CC[C@]21C KOASGEVBDKRTDR-IIJCJQARSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSQKGLBHAQSHKW-XUZKXJFASA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1C1=CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC(=O)OCC)[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)C[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C MSQKGLBHAQSHKW-XUZKXJFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRONBPSKHWLIE-PBDHEXIJSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C LWRONBPSKHWLIE-PBDHEXIJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRONBPSKHWLIE-OPTMKGCMSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])CC(=O)CC[C@]21C LWRONBPSKHWLIE-OPTMKGCMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAKKNIZRWWXWNX-AYZIOQLHSA-N [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(=O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(=O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12CC(O)[C@]3(C)CCC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CCC1CC(O)CC[C@@]12C UAKKNIZRWWXWNX-AYZIOQLHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVKRKBBGSNLTTR-IHXHCCABSA-N [H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CCC1C[C@@H](O)CC[C@@]12C MVKRKBBGSNLTTR-IHXHCCABSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MVKRKBBGSNLTTR-ALVOYRJDSA-N [H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]21C Chemical compound [H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(C)[C@@]([H])(CC[C@]3([H])[C@H](C)CCC)[C@]1([H])CC[C@]1([H])C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]21C MVKRKBBGSNLTTR-ALVOYRJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBFFISACZZCSLF-ZREFUVDXSA-N [H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)CC1C[C@H](O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC1C[C@H](C)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12C[C@@H](O)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](O)CC1C[C@H](O)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)/C(=C\C)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])[C@H](OC(C)=O)CC1C[C@H](C)CC[C@@]12C RBFFISACZZCSLF-ZREFUVDXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDKDJOSLFANLSM-AQTFBLRKSA-N [H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)/C=C/C(=O)OCC)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C.[H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]3(C)C([C@H](C)C=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](C)CC[C@@]12C RDKDJOSLFANLSM-AQTFBLRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLEUFWGNSIIKDR-GKLTVPDCSA-N [H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](OC)CC[C@@]12C Chemical compound [H][C@]12C[C@@H](OC)[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC[C@@]3([H])[C@]1([H])CC=C1C[C@@H](OC)CC[C@@]12C PLEUFWGNSIIKDR-GKLTVPDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWSUZUAUJVMRAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [diethyl(propan-2-yl)silyl]oxy-diethyl-propan-2-ylsilane Chemical compound CC[Si](CC)(C(C)C)O[Si](CC)(CC)C(C)C KWSUZUAUJVMRAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSLOWNUUMZVCAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [dimethyl(propan-2-yl)silyl]oxy-dimethyl-propan-2-ylsilane Chemical compound CC(C)[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C(C)C DSLOWNUUMZVCAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid phenyl ester Natural products CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003793 antidiarrheal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004676 antithrombotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDFCIPNJCBUZJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium(2+) Chemical compound [Ba+2] XDFCIPNJCBUZJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJWBIAMZBJWAOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzhydryloxysilane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O[SiH3])C1=CC=CC=C1 LJWBIAMZBJWAOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-phenylpropanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEPBPSSCIZTJIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,2,2-trichloroethyl) carbonate Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)COC(=O)OCC(Cl)(Cl)Cl IEPBPSSCIZTJIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACBQROXDOHKANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(4-nitrophenyl) carbonate Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1OC(=O)OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 ACBQROXDOHKANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKJWYKGYGWOAHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(prop-2-enyl) carbonate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)OCC=C JKJWYKGYGWOAHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001722 carbon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940089960 chloroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010779 crude oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dcm dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl.ClCCl DEZRYPDIMOWBDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940120124 dichloroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M diethylaluminium chloride Chemical compound CC[Al](Cl)CC YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide dmf Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.CN(C)C=O UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical compound [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010931 ester hydrolysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- LHWWETDBWVTKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N et3n triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC.CCN(CC)CC LHWWETDBWVTKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJQKCYFTNDAAPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCO.CCOC(C)=O LJQKCYFTNDAAPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000105 evaporative light scattering detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FGIVSGPRGVABAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoren-9-ylmethyl hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 FGIVSGPRGVABAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisiloxane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C UQEAIHBTYFGYIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DOUHZFSGSXMPIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxidooxidosulfur(.) Chemical compound [O]SO DOUHZFSGSXMPIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- COTNUBDHGSIOTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meoh methanol Chemical compound OC.OC COTNUBDHGSIOTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000694 mesotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-VMNATFBRSA-N methanol-d1 Chemical compound [2H]OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-VMNATFBRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUDYPXFSYJRWDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxy methyl carbonate Chemical compound COOC(=O)OC TUDYPXFSYJRWDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-M methyl carbonate Chemical compound COC([O-])=O CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XYDYWTJEGDZLTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenetriphenylphosphorane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XYDYWTJEGDZLTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(O)=O CQDGTJPVBWZJAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035363 muscle relaxants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- PEECTLLHENGOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-4-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1.CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 PEECTLLHENGOKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000655 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049953 phenylacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000020183 skimmed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003385 sodium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octadecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012439 solid excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium atom Chemical compound [Sr] CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWYYWQHXAPXYMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium(2+) Chemical compound [Sr+2] PWYYWQHXAPXYMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012916 structural analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004003 subcutaneous fat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BIQRTOBZAQMMOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl-(tert-butyl-methoxy-phenylsilyl)oxy-methoxy-phenylsilane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Si](C(C)(C)C)(OC)O[Si](OC)(C(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 BIQRTOBZAQMMOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGTJJHCZWOVVNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-dimethylsilane Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C FGTJJHCZWOVVNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJTULOVPMGUBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl-[tert-butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy-diphenylsilane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Si](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C(C)(C)C)O[Si](C(C)(C)C)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 KJTULOVPMGUBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005621 tetraalkylammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran thf Chemical compound C1CCOC1.C1CCOC1 WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003555 thioacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003204 tranquilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002936 tranquilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LGSAOJLQTXCYHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N tri(propan-2-yl)-tri(propan-2-yl)silyloxysilane Chemical compound CC(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)O[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)C(C)C LGSAOJLQTXCYHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940066528 trichloroacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WILBTFWIBAOWLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl(triethylsilyloxy)silane Chemical compound CC[Si](CC)(CC)O[Si](CC)(CC)CC WILBTFWIBAOWLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IVZTVZJLMIHPEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenyl(triphenylsilyloxy)silane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Si](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)O[Si](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 IVZTVZJLMIHPEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005526 vasoconstrictor agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J9/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of more than two carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, coprostane
- C07J9/005—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of more than two carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, coprostane containing a carboxylic function directly attached or attached by a chain containing only carbon atoms to the cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene skeleton
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
- A61K31/575—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of three or more carbon atoms, e.g. cholane, cholestane, ergosterol, sitosterol
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K8/00—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
- A61K8/18—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
- A61K8/30—Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
- A61K8/63—Steroids; Derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J1/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, androstane
- C07J1/0003—Androstane derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J1/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, androstane
- C07J1/0003—Androstane derivatives
- C07J1/0011—Androstane derivatives substituted in position 17 by a keto group
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J1/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, not substituted in position 17 beta by a carbon atom, e.g. estrane, androstane
- C07J1/0003—Androstane derivatives
- C07J1/0018—Androstane derivatives substituted in position 17 beta, not substituted in position 17 alfa
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J13/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17
- C07J13/005—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17 with double bond in position 16 (17)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J13/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17
- C07J13/007—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen having a carbon-to-carbon double bond from or to position 17 with double bond in position 17 (20)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J43/00—Normal steroids having a nitrogen-containing hetero ring spiro-condensed or not condensed with the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton
- C07J43/003—Normal steroids having a nitrogen-containing hetero ring spiro-condensed or not condensed with the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton not condensed
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J5/00—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane and substituted in position 21 by only one singly bound oxygen atom, i.e. only one oxygen bound to position 21 by a single bond
- C07J5/0007—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane and substituted in position 21 by only one singly bound oxygen atom, i.e. only one oxygen bound to position 21 by a single bond not substituted in position 17 alfa
- C07J5/0015—Normal steroids containing carbon, hydrogen, halogen or oxygen, substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane and substituted in position 21 by only one singly bound oxygen atom, i.e. only one oxygen bound to position 21 by a single bond not substituted in position 17 alfa not substituted in position 16
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07J—STEROIDS
- C07J71/00—Steroids in which the cyclopenta(a)hydrophenanthrene skeleton is condensed with a heterocyclic ring
- C07J71/0005—Oxygen-containing hetero ring
- C07J71/001—Oxiranes
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
- Y02P20/55—Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups
Definitions
- the present disclosure is generally related to the field of steroid synthesis, e.g., methods of preparing a bile acid (e.g., cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid) from a plant derived steroid, and novel synthetic intermediates.
- a bile acid e.g., cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid
- novel synthetic intermediates e.g., methods of preparing a bile acid (e.g., cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid) from a plant derived steroid, and novel synthetic intermediates.
- the present disclosure is also related to pharmaceutical or cosmetic compositions comprising a bile acid (e.g., cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid) or its ester(s) or salt(s), and pharmaceutical or cosmetic uses thereof.
- Bile acids such as deoxycholic acid, cholic acid and the like are pharmaceutical and cosmetically useful compounds. See, e.g., Mukhopadhyay, S. and U. Maitra., Current Science 87:1666-1683 (2004) (“Chemistry and Biology of Bile Acids”). Recently, the use of one or more of cholate and chenodeoxycholate has been suggested for non-surgical removal of a localized fat deposit in a subject. See, e.g., WO 2015/198150. Bile acids were typically obtained from bovine and ovine sources. Pathogens such as prions can contaminate such sources. Thus, stringent conditions for mammalian sourced bile acids are required by regulatory authorities.
- deoxycholic acid from animals in New Zealand are a source of bile acids for human use under US regulatory regimes, as long as the animals continue to remain isolated and otherwise free of observable pathogens.
- stringent conditions impose a limitation on the amount of suitable mammalian sourced bile acids and do not preclude the possibility that the bile acids will be free of such pathogens.
- synthetic bile acids such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, suitable for use as medicaments or cosmetics in humans are in need.
- These synthetic bile acids would be synthesized starting from non-animal sources, such as from plant sources or synthetic starting materials. Therefore, the synthetic bile acids can be advantageous at least in that they are known from the outset to be free from animal derived impurities, such as pathogens that are capable of producing a deleterious effect on a human, and other harmful agents such as animal or microbial metabolites, toxins, including bacterial toxins, such as pyrogens.
- the present disclosure is directed to a method of preparing cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- the method can comprise, consisting essentially of, or consisting of any of the embodiments described below for any of methods 1, 1A, 1, 2, 3, 3A, and 4.
- the method can also comprise, consisting essentially of, or consisting of any of the embodiments according to any of Schemes 1-8.
- the method uses a non-animal derived steroid (e.g., plant derived, or synthetic) as a starting material.
- the method starts with a plant derived steroid as a starting material, such as dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) or Acetyl-dehydroepiandrosterone (Ac-DHEA).
- DHEA dehydroepiandrosterone
- Ac-DHEA Acetyl-dehydroepiandrosterone
- the method starts with a steroid starting material that is free of any animal derived impurities.
- the method produces the cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, ester thereof, or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof that is free of any animal derived impurities.
- certain embodiments of the present disclosure are also directed to cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, produced by any of the methods described herein.
- the present disclosure also provides novel synthetic intermediates useful for the preparation of cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- the present disclosure also provides a high purity cholic acid composition.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of, cholic acid or a salt thereof, and one or more compounds selected from Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof.
- the total amount of Compounds 32-35 and salts thereof, as applicable is less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the amount of each of Compounds 32-35 and its respective salt, as applicable, is less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the cholic acid or salt thereof has a purity of at least 95% (e.g., at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) by weight and/or by HPLC area.
- the high purity cholic acid composition is substantially free or free from an animal derived impurity.
- the present disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition
- a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising one or more of high purity cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a high purity cholic acid composition described herein, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition further comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) deoxycholic acid or chenodeoxycholic acid, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- high purity cholic acid, deoxycholic acid or chenodeoxycholic acid, or an ester or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities.
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of administering the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition described herein.
- the method is for non-surgical removal of a localized fat deposit in a subject.
- the method comprises administering to the subject a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising a fat-lysing effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient.
- FIG. 1 shows a drawing of X-ray structure for Compound 35.
- FIG. 2 presents one exemplary HPLC trace showing an impurity profile of cholic acid synthesized by the methods herein (e.g., as shown in Examples 1 and 2).
- Compound 32 is designated as impurity 1, which has a retention time of 5.02 minutes
- Compound 33 is designated as impurity 2, which has a retention time of 9.17 minutes
- Compound 34 is designated as impurity 3, which has a retention time of 12.10 minutes
- Compound 35 is designated as impurity 4, which has a retention time of 15.73 minutes.
- variable moiety herein may be the same or different as another specific embodiment having the same identifier.
- R 1 in various formulae is independently selected and can be the same or different.
- Other variables such as R 30 in various formulae are also independently selected and can be the same or different.
- animal derived impurities refers to impurities having an “animal origin,” which refers to originating from a kingdom (Animalia) of living things including multi-celled organisms and single celled organisms.
- animal derived impurities can be pathogens, animal or microbial metabolites, and toxins, including bacterial toxins, such as pyrogens.
- CA cholic acid
- a “steroid starting material” refers to a compound having a steroid ring skeleton as follows:
- chenodeoxycholic acid refers to the compound 3 ⁇ ,7 ⁇ -dihydroxy-5 ⁇ -cholan-24-oic acid, which has the following structure:
- DCA deoxycholic acid
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt which is, suitable for pharmaceutical use and is commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are known in the art.
- the bile acids e.g., CA, DCA, or CDCA
- Suitable salts include those described in P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts Properties, Selection, and Use; 2002.
- These pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared by reacting the bile acids (e.g., CA, DCA, or CDCA) with a suitable base.
- suitable bases include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or lithium hydroxide.
- the salts can be prepared by hydrolysis of esters of the bile acids (e.g., CA, DCA, or CDCA) with a base and omitting an acidic workup that would lead to the acid form of the bile acids.
- Cosmetically acceptable salt refers to a salt which is suitable for cosmetic use and is commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- Cosmetically acceptable salts are known in the art and include, for example, base addition salts with a cation selected from the group consisting of sodium (Na + ), potassium (K + ), lithium (Li + ), magnesium (Mg 2+ ), calcium (Ca 2+ ), barium (Ba 2+ ), strontium (Sr 2+ ), and ammonium (NH 4 + ).
- subject refers to any animal, or cells thereof whether in vitro or in vivo, amenable to the methods described herein.
- the subject is a human.
- alkyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1-10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 1-9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1-8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 1-7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1-6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 1-5 alkyl”).
- an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C 1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2-6 alkyl”).
- C 1-6 alkyl groups include methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), propyl (C 3 ) (e.g., n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (C 4 ) (e.g., n-butyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl), pentyl (C 5 ) (e.g., n-pentyl, 3-pentanyl, amyl, neopentyl, 3-methyl-2-butanyl, tertiary amyl), and hexyl (C 6 ) (e.g., n-hexyl).
- Additional examples of alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C 7 ), n-octyl (C 8 ), and the like.
- optionally substituted alkyl refers to an alkyl group that is unsubstituted or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents (e.g., as described herein, e.g., halogen, such as F).
- hydroxyl protecting agent refers to a reagent which under suitable reaction conditions reacts with a hydroxyl group to form a hydroxyl protecting group.
- hydroxyl protecting group refers to any group which forms a derivative of the hydroxyl group that is stable to the projected reaction(s), wherein said hydroxyl protecting group subsequently optionally can be selectively removed.
- the hydroxyl derivative can be obtained by selective reaction of a hydroxyl protecting agent with a hydroxyl group.
- a person of ordinary skill in the art can select proper hydroxyl protecting group(s) based on the nature of the protecting group(s) and the projected reaction(s). For example, methods for introducing and removing various hydroxyl protecting groups can be found in “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 4 th ed. P. G. M. Wuts; T. W. Greene, John Wiley, 2007, and in P. J. Kocienski, “Protecting Groups”, 3 rd ed. G. Thieme, 2003, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure include those forming an ether of the hydroxyl group, such as methyl ether, allyl ether, prenyl ether, p-methoxybenzyl ether, triphenylmethyl ether, 2-trimethylsilylethyl ether, tert-butyl ether, cinnamyl ether, propargyl ether, p-methoxyphenyl ether, benzyl ether, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl ether, 2,6-dimethoxybenzyl ether, o-nitrobenzyl ether, p-nitrobenzyl ether, 4-(trimethylsilylmethyl)-benzyl ether, 2-naphthylmethyl ether, diphenylmethyl ether, (4-methoxyphenyl)-phenylmethyl ether, (4-phenyl-phenyl)-phenylmethyl ether, p,p′-dinitrobenzhydr
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming an alkoxyalkylether (e.g., acetals and ketals) of the hydroxyl group, such as 1-ethoxyethyl ether, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl ether, [(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl ether, guaiacolmethyl ether, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl ether, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl ether, tetrahydrofuranyl ether, methoxymethyl ether benzyloxymethyl ether, p-methoxybenzyloxymethyl ether, p-nitrobenzyloxymethyl ether, o-nitrobenzyloxymethyl ether, (4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl ether, tert-butoxymethyl ether, 4-pentenyloxymethyl ether, siloxymethyl ether, 1-methoxycyclo
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a thioacetal or thioketal of the hydroxyl group, such as tetrahydrothiopyranyl ether, 4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl ether, tetrahydrothiofuranyl ether or 1,3-benzodithiolan-2-yl ether.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a silyl ether of the hydroxyl group, such as trimethylsilyl ether, triethylsilyl ether, triisopropylsilyl ether, tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, dimethylisopropylsilyl ether, diethylisopropylsilyl ether, diphenylmethylsilyl ether, triphenylsilyl ether, dimethylthexylsilyl ether, 2-norbornyldimethylsilyl ether, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ether, (2-hydroxystyryl)dimethylsilyl ether, (2-hydroxystyryl)diisopropylsilyl ether, tert-butylmethoxyphenylsilyl ether or tert-butoxydiphenylsilyl ether.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming an ester of the hydroxyl group, such as acetate ester, chloroacetate ester, trifluoroacetate ester, phenoxyacetate ester, formate ester, benzoylformate ester, dichloroacetate ester, trichloroacetate ester, methoxyacetate ester, p-chlorophenoxyacetate ester, phenylacetate ester, 3-phenylpropionate ester, 4-pentenoate ester, 4-oxopentanoate ester, pivaloate ester, crotonate ester, 4-methoxycrotonate ester, angelate ester, benzoate ester or p-phenylbenzoate ester.
- an ester of the hydroxyl group such as acetate ester, chloroacetate ester, trifluoroacetate ester, phenoxyacetate ester, formate ester, benzoylformat
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a carbonate of the hydroxyl group, such as methoxymethyl carbonate, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, methyl carbonate, ethyl carbonate, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonate, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate, vinyl carbonate, allyl carbonate or p-nitrophenyl carbonate.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a sulfinate of the hydroxyl group, such as 2,4-dinitrophenylsulfenate.
- the term “olefin forming reagent” refers to a regent that can react with a ketone or aldehyde to form an olefin bond under suitable conditions.
- the olefin forming reagent can be a Wittig reagent.
- the olefin forming reagent can be a phosphorous ylide, or a precursor thereof, e.g., a phosphonium salt that can form the phosphorus ylide under certain conditions (e.g., using a base).
- the olefin forming reagent comprises an organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent, such as a Reformatsky reagent), wherein the ketone or aldehyde can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is followed by dehydration.
- organometallic reagent e.g., an organozinc reagent, such as a Reformatsky reagent
- the term “ylide” refers to a neutral dipolar molecule containing a formally negatively charged atom (usually a carbanion) directly attached to a heteroatom with a formal positive charge (usually nitrogen, phosphorus or sulfur).
- a heteroatom usually phosphine
- the ylide is a “phosphorous ylide.”
- methylenetriphenylphosphorane Ph 3 P ⁇ CH 2
- Lewis acids refers to an electron pair acceptor.
- Lewis acids include boron reagent such as BF 3 (e.g., BF 3 Et 2 O) and organometallic reagents such as alkyl aluminum halides (e.g. Et 2 AlCl and MeAlCl 2 ).
- Cholic acid includes three hydroxyl groups at positions 3, 7, and 12 of the steroid skeleton.
- Methods for synthesizing cholic acid can start from a 3,7,12-trioxygenated, a 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,12-deoxygenated, or a 3-oxygenated steroid as a starting material.
- cholic acid can be synthesized from a 3,12-deoxygenated steroid starting material.
- cholic acid can be synthesized from a 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroid starting material.
- cholic acid can be synthesized from a 3,7-deoxygenated steroid starting material.
- cholic acid can be synthesized from DHEA or Ac-DHEA, which contains a 3-hydroxy or 3-OAc group.
- methods for preparing cholic acid from DHEA or Ac-DHEA can involve, for example, two broad strategies: (1) introducing the 12-hydroxy group or protected version thereof, and followed by introduction of the 7-hydroxy group or protected version thereof, or (2) introducing the 7-hydroxy group or protected version thereof, and followed by introduction of the 12-hydroxy group or protected version thereof.
- Deoxycholic acid has two hydroxyl groups at the 3 and 12 positions and can be synthesized from a 3,12-deoxygenated, or a 3-oxygenated steroid as a starting material.
- strategy (1) for cholic acid synthesis from DHEA or Ac-DHEA can also be adapted for the synthesis of deoxycholic acid.
- Chenodeoxycholic acid has two hydroxyl groups at the 3 and 7 positions and can be synthesized from a 3,7-deoxygenated, or a 3-oxygenated steroid as a starting material.
- strategy (2) for cholic acid synthesis from DHEA or Ac-DHEA can be adapted for the synthesis of chenodeoxycholic acid.
- the present disclosure also provides cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, produced by any of the methods described herein.
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of preparing cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof from a 3,12-deoxygenated steroid starting material.
- a 3,12-deoxygenated steroid starting material refers to a compound having a steroid skeleton with each of the 3 and 12 positions a hydroxyl group or protected version thereof, or a ketone group or protected ketone.
- the 3,12-deoxygenated steroid can be a 3,12-diketone compound, a 3,12-dihydroxy compound, or a hydroxyketone compound, having the following ring structure (side chains and other functional groups omitted):
- the 3,12-deoxygenated steroid is a 3,12-diketone compound.
- the method can comprise a reaction sequence shown in Scheme 1:
- R 1 is a H or an optionally substituted alkyl.
- the method comprises:
- R 1 is hydrogen. However, for ease of purification, in preferred embodiments, R 1 is a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In some embodiments, R 1 can also be an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl).
- R 1 can be an alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) substituents, wherein the 1-3 substituents are independently a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, a substituted phenyl (e.g., para-methoxyphenyl), hydroxyl, C 1-6 alkoxy (e.g., a methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), halogen (e.g., F or Cl), or amino optionally substituted by one or two groups independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl.
- 1-3 substituents are independently a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, pheny
- R 1 is a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- the R 1 group in Formula I-1 to I-6 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 1 group in Formula I-1 to I-6 can be the same, for example, as a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-1 into the compound of Formula I-2.
- Compounds of Formula I-1 useful for this conversion can have a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen.
- a substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% by weight) diastereomer of Formula I-1 can be used, with a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen.
- a mixture of diastereomers of Formula I-1 can be used, for example, with a ratio of 5-alpha hydrogen compound to 5-beta hydrogen compound ranging from 50:1 to 1:50.
- the converting comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-1 with a halogenating agent to form a halogenated intermediate, and subsequently treating the halogenated intermediate under elimination condition to form the compound of Formula I-2.
- Halogenating agents suitable for use include those known in the art for introducing an alpha-halogen to a ketone.
- the halogenating agent is bromine.
- the halogenating agent is N-bromosuccinimide (NBS).
- NBS N-bromosuccinimide
- the 5-position stereochemistry of the halogenated intermediate depends on the corresponding stereochemistry of the starting material, Formula I-1, and can have either an alpha or beta hydrogen.
- X is bromine and R 1 is an optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- the halogenated intermediate e.g., brominated intermediate
- the halogenated intermediate is purified prior to the treating under elimination condition. However, preferably, the halogenated intermediate is not purified prior to the treating under elimination condition.
- Suitable elimination conditions include those known in the art for the elimination of HX (X is halogen, e.g., Br) of an alpha-halogenated ketone.
- the elimination condition comprises heating the halogenated intermediate, e.g., to a temperature ranging from 120° C. to 180° C.
- a base e.g., Li 2 CO 3
- an agent that facilitates the elimination e.g., LiBr
- a suitable solvent e.g., DMF, DMSO
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-2 into the compound of Formula I-3, for example, using an oxidizing agent.
- the oxidizing agent is a benzoquinone based oxidizing agent such as chloranil (tetrachloro-1,4-benzoquinone) or 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (DDQ).
- the method comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-2 with chloranil or DDQ to form the compound of Formula I-3.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-3 into the epoxide of Formula I-4.
- the compound of Formula I-3 includes olefin double bonds at the 6,7 positions and at the 4,5 positions, which can be converted into the epoxide of Formula I-4 by using an epoxide forming reagent.
- the epoxide forming reagent is a peroxycarboxylic acid.
- the epoxide forming reagent is meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid.
- Other suitable epoxide forming reagents include those known in the art that can selectively produce an epoxide at the 6,7 positions with the olefin at the 4,5 positions intact.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the epoxide of Formula I-4 into the diketone of Formula I-5.
- Various methods for reducing the epoxide can be used.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the epoxide of Formula I-4.
- the hydrogenation is catalyzed by a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C.
- the hydrogenation can be conducted at various H 2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm.
- the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the diketone of Formula I-5 into the compound of Formula I-6, for example, using a ketone reducing agent.
- the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH 4 , NaCNBH 3 , etc.) or a trialkylaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride).
- the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu) 3 ).
- the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-6.
- the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-6.
- Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art.
- the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula I-6 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF 3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I ⁇ mediated) hydrolysis conditions.
- the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-6 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- an ester of cholic acid e.g., the compound of Formula I-6 wherein R 1 is an optionally substituted alkyl
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of cholic acid.
- the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-e) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO 2 R 1 ) occurs under the respective reaction conditions.
- the ester of cholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of cholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- a salt of cholic acid is the desired product.
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid.
- the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid, for example, by reacting cholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- a suitable base e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- the compound of Formula I-1 used in the methods described hereinabove can be prepared via different methods.
- the compound of Formula I-1 can be prepared by the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1A below.
- the compound of Formula I-1 can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the synthesis of the compound of Formula I-1, wherein R 1 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group.
- Formula I-1 can have a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen.
- compounds of Formula I-1 exist as a substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% by weight) diastereomer, with a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen.
- compounds of Formula I-1 exist as a diastereomeric mixture in various ratios, for example, with a ratio of 5-alpha hydrogen compound to 5-beta hydrogen compound ranging from 50:1 to 1:50.
- the compound of Formula I-1 can be synthesized according to Scheme 2, wherein each variables and transformations are as described herein:
- Certain embodiments are directed to a method of oxidizing a diol of Formula I-7 to provide the compound of Formula I-1
- Formula I-7 can have a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen.
- compounds of Formula I-7 exist as a substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% by weight) diastereomer, with a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen.
- compounds of Formula I-7 exist as a diastereomeric mixture in various ratios, for example, with a ratio of 5-alpha hydrogen compound to 5-beta hydrogen compound ranging from 50:1 to 1:50.
- the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof.
- the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the diol of Formula I-7 with a suitable oxidizing agent.
- the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, Jones reagent (a solution of chromium trioxide in dilute sulfuric acid); PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate), etc.
- the oxidizing agent is Jones reagent.
- the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent.
- Swern oxidation reagent encompasses all activated forms of DMSO, such as a chlorosulfonium active species, that can oxidize an alcohol into a ketone or aldehyde in the presence of an organic base such as triethyl amine or diisopropylethylamine.
- DMSO dimethyl methoxysulfonium
- a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- an organic base e.g., Et 3 N
- exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species.
- the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- the diol of Formula I-7 can be synthesized by hydrogenating a compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a, or a geometric isomer thereof,
- Pg 1 and Pg 2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group; and optionally removing the hydroxyl protecting groups.
- Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups include any of those known in the art, for example, those described herein.
- Pg 1 and Pg 2 are the same.
- Pg 1 and Pg 2 are different.
- both Pg 1 and Pg 2 are hydroxyl protecting group that forms an ester with the hydroxyl group, for example, both Pg 1 and Pg 2 are acetyl.
- the diol of Formula I-7 is synthesized by hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8a.
- the diol of Formula I-7 is synthesized by hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8, which is followed by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups. In some embodiments, the diol of Formula I-7 is synthesized by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups of the compound of Formula I-8 to produce the compound of Formula I-8a, which is followed by hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8a.
- the geometric isomers of the compounds of Formula I-8 and Formula I-8a can also be used.
- the method comprises hydrogenating a compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a.
- the method comprises hydrogenating a geometric isomer of the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a.
- the method comprises hydrogenating a mixture of the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a, and its geometric isomers.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a with H 2 in the presence of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C.
- the hydrogenation can be conducted at various H 2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm.
- the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- the compound of Formula I-8 can be obtained, for example, from reacting an aldehyde of Formula I-9 with an olefin forming reagent:
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a phosphonate substituted acetate:
- G 1 at each occurrence and R 1a are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl).
- the phosphonate substituted acetate can be deprotonated to form a phosphonate-stabilized carbanion, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula I-9 to form an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester.
- the olefin forming reagent is ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate.
- the olefin forming reagent is a phosphorus ylide (e.g., triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane) or its precursor.
- the olefin forming reagent can comprise an organometallic reagent, such as an organozinc reagent, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula I-9 to form a secondary alcohol, which upon dehydration, forms an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon Reformatsky reagent:
- R 1a is an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl).
- the ester group of the olefin forming reagent e.g., R 1a in either of the phosphonate or the Reformatsky reagent
- R 1a is different from R 1 , for example, when R 1 is H.
- the method can optionally further include converting the —CO 2 R 1a in Formula I-8b into —CO 2 R 1 in Formula I-8
- the aldehyde of Formula I-9 can be formed from oxidizing the corresponding alcohol of Formula I-11:
- the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-11 with a suitable oxidizing agent. Various oxidizing agents are suitable. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate).
- the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent.
- Swern oxidation reagent systems are known.
- a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- an organic base e.g., Et 3 N
- exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species.
- the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- the compound of Formula I-11 can be synthesized from the compound of Formula I-10 or a geometric isomer thereof:
- the method comprises reacting the compound of Formula I-10 with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid.
- a Lewis acid Various Lewis acids can be used for this transformation, for example, boron or aluminum based Lewis acids can be used.
- the Lewis acid comprises BF 3 .
- Other suitable Lewis acids include those known in the art that can facilitate an analogous reaction of an olefin with an aldehyde to provide an alcohol.
- the compound of Formula I-10 used in the methods described hereinabove can be prepared via different methods.
- the compound of Formula I-10 can be prepared by the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1B below.
- the compound of Formula I-10 can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of preparing a compound of Formula I-10, or a geometric isomer thereof, wherein Pg 1 and Pg 2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group.
- the method comprises obtaining the compound of Formula I-10 from DHEA or a protected DHEA (e.g., acetyl-DHEA) as exemplified in Scheme 3, wherein R 2 , R 3 , Pg 1 and Pg 2 are defined herein:
- the method comprises:
- R 2 is H or Pg 1 ; and Pg 1 is a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein); with an amine to form an imine of Formula I-14
- the protection of the 12-hydroxy group can occur prior to the olefination of the 17-ketone function in Formula I-15.
- the method can also comprise:
- the method can start with DHEA, i.e., R 2 is H.
- the method can start with a protected version of DHEA, where R 2 is Pg 1 , e.g., acetyl.
- Various imines of Formula I-14 are suitable for the methods for preparing the compound of Formula I-10.
- the pyridine ring in Formula I-14 is unsubstituted, i.e., m is 0.
- the pyridine ring in Formula I-14 is substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyl groups.
- the pyridine ring in Formula I-14 is substituted at the 4′-position with a methyl group.
- the imine formation of a) is generally catalyzed by an acid, for example, para-toluenesulfonic acid.
- Suitable copper salt for b) includes any of those known in the art for analogous transformations.
- the copper salt is a copper (II) salt such as Cu(OTf) 2 .
- the copper salt is a copper (I) salt such as Cu(MeCN) 4 PF 6 .
- the olefin forming reagent in c) or d′) can be a phosphorous ylide. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent in c) or d′) can be ethylenetriphenylphosphorane or its precursor ethyltriphenylphosphonium salt. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent), wherein the 17-ketone of Formula I-15 or Formula I-15a can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is then followed by dehydration.
- organometallic reagent e.g., an organozinc reagent
- protecting groups can be used for protecting either or both the 3- and 12-hydroxy groups.
- the protecting groups for the 3- and 12-hydroxy groups do not need to be the same.
- Pg 1 and Pg 2 are the same, for example, both Pg 1 and Pg 2 are acetyl.
- Deoxycholic acid contains two hydroxyl groups at the 3,12-positions, which can therefore be prepared by an intermediate such as a compound of Formula I-1 (in the beta form with a 5-beta hydrogen, Formula I-1b) through a reduction reaction.
- the present disclosure is directed to a method of preparing deoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof from a 3,12-deoxygenated steroid.
- the method comprises a reaction sequence according to Scheme 4:
- the method of preparing deoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof comprises:
- R 1 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl); d) hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8 and subsequently removing the hydroxyl protecting groups, or deprotecting the compound of Formula I-8 and subsequently hydrogenating the deprotected compound, to provide a diol of Formula I-7b
- R 1 in Formula I-12 is not H, hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-12 to provide deoxycholic acid.
- R 1 group in Formula I-8, I-7b, I-1b, and I-12 can be the same or different.
- R 1 group in Formulae I-8, I-7b, I-1b, and I-12 can be the same, for example, as a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- the compound of Formula I-1 can be prepared from the compound of Formula I-10 by any of the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1A.
- the compound of Formula I-10 can be prepared by any of the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1B.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-1 into the compound of Formula I-12, for example, using a ketone reducing agent.
- the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH 4 , NaCNBH 3 , etc.) or a trialkoxyaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride).
- the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu) 3 ).
- the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-12.
- the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-12.
- Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art.
- the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula I-12 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF 3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I ⁇ mediated) hydrolysis conditions.
- the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-12 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- an ester of deoxycholic acid e.g., the compound of Formula I-12 wherein R 1 is an optionally substituted alkyl
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of deoxycholic acid.
- the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-f) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO 2 R 1 ) occurs under the respective reaction conditions.
- the esters of deoxycholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of deoxycholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- a salt of deoxycholic acid is the desired product.
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of deoxycholic acid.
- the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of deoxycholic acid, for example, by reacting deoxycholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- a suitable base e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to novel synthetic intermediates useful for the preparation of cholic acid and/or deoxycholic acid.
- the synthetic intermediate is a compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4, or a geometric isomer thereof, or a salt thereof:
- each of R 10 and R 11 in each formula is independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R 12 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl.
- R 10 and R 11 are the same. In some embodiments, R 10 and R 11 are different. In some embodiments, both R 10 and R 11 are H. In some embodiments, one of R 10 and R 11 is H and the other of R 10 and R 11 is a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein, e.g., acetyl). In some embodiments, both R 10 and R 11 are hydroxyl protecting groups (e.g., as described herein, e.g., acetyl).
- R 12 is H. In some embodiments, R 12 is an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl). In some embodiments, R 12 is methyl. In some embodiments, R 12 is ethyl.
- the compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is isolated.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight).
- the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the present disclosure also provides a compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 having a structure of:
- R 20 and R 23 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl, provided that R 20 and R 23 are not methyl;
- R 21 and R 22 are each independently H or an optionally substituted alkyl
- R 20 is an optionally substituted C2-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- R 23 is an optionally substituted C2-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 23 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- R 21 is H. In some embodiments, R 21 is an optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- R 22 is H. In some embodiments, R 22 is an optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- the compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is isolated.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight).
- the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the compound of any one of Formula II-1 to Formula II-8 can be prepared and purified according to the methods described herein, e.g., the Examples section.
- synthesis of cholic acid can also start with 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroids.
- the 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroids can be obtained from a 3-hydroxy steroid starting material (e.g., DHEA) by first introducing a 7-hydroxy group followed by introducing a 12-hydroxy group.
- the present disclosure also provides a method of preparing cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, which comprises converting a 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroid into cholic acid, ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- the method comprises a reaction sequence shown in Scheme 5, wherein R 30 , Pg 10 , Pg 11 and Pg 12 are defined herein:
- the method of preparing cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof comprises
- Pg 10 , Pg 11 and Pg 12 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group; b) oxidizing the compound of Formula III-2 to provide an aldehyde of Formula III-3
- R 30 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group
- R 30 is not H in Formula III-7, hydrolyzing the compound of Formula III-7 to provide cholic acid.
- R 30 is hydrogen. However, for ease of purification, in preferred embodiments, R 30 is an alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In some embodiments, R 30 can also be an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl).
- R 30 can be an alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) substituents, wherein the 1-3 substituents are independently a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, a substituted phenyl (e.g., para-methoxyphenyl), hydroxyl, C 1-6 alkoxy (e.g., a methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), halogen (e.g., F or Cl), or amino optionally substituted by one or two groups independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl.
- 1-3 substituents are independently a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, pheny
- R 30 is a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- the R 30 group in Formula III-4 to III-7 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 30 group in Formula III-4 to III-7 can be the same, for example, as a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Pg 10 , Pg 11 and Pg 12 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein). In some embodiments, Pg 10 , Pg 11 and Pg 12 are each acetyl.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-1 or a geometric isomer thereof, into the compound of Formula III-2.
- the method comprises reacting a compound of Formula III-1 with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid.
- a Lewis acid can be used for this transformation, for example, boron or aluminum based Lewis acids can be used.
- the Lewis acid comprises BF 3 .
- Other suitable Lewis acids include those known in the art that can facilitate an analogous reaction of an olefin with an aldehyde to provide an alcohol.
- the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-11 with a suitable oxidizing agent. Various oxidizing agents are suitable. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate).
- the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent.
- Swern oxidation reagent systems are known.
- a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- an organic base e.g., Et 3 N
- exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species.
- the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-3 into the compound of Formula III-4 using an olefin forming reagent.
- the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a phosphonate substituted acetate:
- G 10 at each occurrence and R 30a are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl).
- the phosphonate substituted acetate can be deprotonated to form a phosphonate-stabilized carbanion, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula III-3 to form an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester.
- the olefin forming reagent is ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate.
- the olefin forming reagent is a phosphorus ylide (e.g., triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane) or its precursor.
- the olefin forming reagent can comprise an organometallic reagent, such as an organozinc reagent, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula III-3 to form a secondary alcohol, which upon dehydration, forms an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon Reformatsky reagent:
- R 30a is an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl).
- the ester group of the olefin forming reagent e.g., R 30a in either of the phosphonate or the Reformatsky reagent
- R 30a is different from R 30 , for example, when R 30 is H.
- the method can optionally further include converting the —CO 2 R 30a in Formula III-4a into —CO 2 R 30 in Formula III-4
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-4 into the compound of Formula III-5.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-4 with H 2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst and subsequently removing the hydroxyl protecting groups.
- the method comprises removing the hydroxyl protecting groups in Formula III-4 to provide a triol analog and subsequently hydrogenating the deprotected triol analog with H 2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst.
- the method comprises hydrogenating a compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a geometric isomer of the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a mixture of the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4, and its geometric isomers.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4 with H 2 in the presence of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C.
- the hydrogenation can be conducted at various H 2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm.
- the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- the compound of Formula III-4 is converted into Formula III-5a by a process comprising hydrogenation, deprotection, and ester hydrolysis, regardless of sequence:
- the method comprises converting Formula III-5a into cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, for example, according to the reaction sequence in Scheme 5a:
- Suitable conditions for the transformations in Scheme 5a include those described herein, for example, in the Examples section.
- the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the triol of Formula III-5 with a suitable oxidizing agent.
- the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, Jones reagent (a solution of chromium trioxide in dilute sulfuric acid); PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate), etc.
- the oxidizing agent is Jones reagent.
- the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent. Various Swern oxidation reagent systems are known.
- a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- an organic base e.g., Et 3 N
- exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species.
- the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-6 into the compound of Formula III-7, for example, using a ketone reducing agent.
- the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH 4 , NaCNBH 3 , etc.) or a trialkoxyaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride).
- the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu) 3 ).
- the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula III-7.
- the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula III-7.
- Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art.
- the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula III-7 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF 3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I ⁇ mediated) hydrolysis conditions.
- the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula III-7 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- an ester of cholic acid e.g., the compound of Formula III-7 wherein R 30 is an optionally substituted alkyl
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of cholic acid.
- the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-f) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO 2 R 30 ) occurs under the respective reaction conditions.
- the esters of cholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of cholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- a salt of cholic acid is the desired product.
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid.
- the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid, for example, by reacting cholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- a suitable base e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- the compound of Formula III-1 or geometric isomer thereof used in the methods described hereinabove can be prepared via different methods.
- the compound of Formula III-1 or geometric isomer thereof can be synthesized from reacting a compound of Formula III-8 with an olefin forming reagent:
- R 31 is H or Pg 10 ; R 32 is H or Pg 11 ; and R 33 is H or Pg 12 ; provided that when one or more of R 31 , R 32 and R 33 are H, then a protecting step is carried out after reacting the compound of Formula III-8 with the olefin forming reagent.
- the protecting step can also be carried out first before reacting with the olefin forming reagent.
- olefin forming reagents are suitable for the transformation.
- the olefin forming reagent can be a phosphorous ylide.
- the olefin forming reagent can be ethylenetriphenylphosphorane or its precursor ethyltriphenylphosphonium salt.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent), wherein the 17-ketone of Formula III-8 can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is then followed by dehydration.
- R 31 , R 32 and R 33 are all H (a compound of Formula III-8a) and the protecting step can be carried out before or after reacting with the olefin forming reagent:
- the compound of Formula III-8a can also be served as starting material for the synthesis of the compound of Formula III-8, where at least one of R 31 , R 32 and R 33 are not H.
- R 31 , R 32 and R 33 are each acetyl
- the compound of Formula III-8 can be prepared by reacting the compound of Formula III-8a with a suitable acetyl donor (e.g., acetic anhydride).
- the compound of Formula III-8a can be prepared by the methods described herein, e.g., Method 3A below.
- the compound of Formula III-8a can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- Method 3A Synthesis of the Compound of Formula III-8a from DHEA via 3,7-deoxygenated Steroids
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of preparing a compound of Formula III-8a.
- the method comprises obtaining the compound of Formula III-8a from DHEA as exemplified in Scheme 6:
- n 0, 1 or 2
- R 34 is C 1-6 alkyl
- the method comprises:
- n 0, 1 or 2
- R 34 is C 1-6 alkyl
- DHEA can be converted into the compound of Formula III-9 through oxidation.
- the oxidation can be carried out with a benzoquinone based oxidizing agent (e.g., DDQ or chloranil) and an amine oxide (e.g., TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl)oxidanyl)).
- a benzoquinone based oxidizing agent e.g., DDQ or chloranil
- an amine oxide e.g., TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl)oxidanyl
- the compound of Formula III-9 can be converted into the compound of Formula III-10 using an epoxide forming reagent.
- the epoxide forming reagent is a peroxycarboxylic acid.
- the epoxide forming reagent is meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid.
- Other suitable epoxide forming reagents include those known in the art that can selectively produce an epoxide at the 6,7 positions with the olefin at the 4,5 positions intact.
- conversion of the compound of Formula III-10 into the compound of Formula III-11 can be achieved through a hydrogenation reaction.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-10 with H 2 under the catalysis of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C.
- the hydrogenation can be conducted at various H 2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm.
- the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- conversion of the compound of Formula III-11 into the compound of Formula III-12 can be achieved through a reduction reaction.
- Various ketone reducing agents can be used to effect this transformation.
- the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH 4 , NaCNBH 3 , etc.) or a trialkoxyaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride).
- the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu) 3 ).
- the 3,7-dihydroxy compound of Formula III-12 can be converted into the imine of Formula III-13 with a corresponding amine.
- Various imines of Formula III-13 are suitable for the methods described herein.
- the pyridine ring in Formula III-13 is unsubstituted, i.e., n is 0.
- the pyridine ring in Formula III-13 is substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyl groups.
- the pyridine ring in Formula III-13 is substituted at the 4′-position by a methyl group.
- the imine formation is generally catalyzed by an acid, for example, para-toluenesulfonic acid.
- Suitable copper salt for the transformation of the compound of Formula III-13 into the compound of Formula III-8a includes any of those known in the art for analogous transformations.
- the copper salt is a copper (II) salt such as Cu(OTf) 2 .
- the copper salt is a copper (I) salt such as Cu(MeCN) 4 PF 6 .
- the reduction of the compound of Formula III-11, the imine formation of the compound of Formula III-12, and the copper mediated oxidation of the imine of Formula III-13 do not require the hydroxyl group to be protected or to be a free hydroxyl group.
- one or more of Formula III-11, Formula III-12, and Formula III-13 can be protected and used for the synthesis of either the compound of Formula III-8a or Formula III-8, with appropriate protection or deprotection depending on the target product.
- the present disclosure provides a method of preparing a compound of Formula III-8 according to scheme 7, wherein R 31 , R 32 , R 33 , and R 34 are as described hereinabove:
- Chenodeoxycholic acid contains two hydroxyl groups at the 3,7-positions, which can be prepared by an intermediate such as a compound of Formula III-12 or a hydroxyl-protected derivative thereof.
- the present disclosure is directed to a method of preparing chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof from a 3,7-deoxygenated steroid.
- the method comprises a reaction sequence according to Scheme 8, wherein Pg 20 and Pg 21 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group and R 40 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group:
- the method comprises:
- Pg 20 and Pg 21 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group; b) oxidizing the compound of Formula IV-2 to provide an aldehyde of Formula IV-3
- R 40 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group
- Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups for Pg 20 and Pg 21 include any of those known in the art, for example, those described herein. In some embodiments, Pg 20 and Pg 21 are the same. In some embodiments, Pg 20 and Pg 21 are different. In preferred embodiments, both Pg 20 and Pg 21 are hydroxyl protecting group that forms an ester with the hydroxyl group, for example, both Pg 20 and Pg 21 are acetyl.
- R 40 is hydrogen. However, for ease of purification, in preferred embodiments, R 40 is a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In some embodiments, R 40 can also be an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl).
- R 40 can be an alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) substituents, wherein the 1-3 substituents are independently a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, a substituted phenyl (e.g., para-methoxyphenyl), hydroxyl, C 1-6 alkoxy (e.g., a methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), halogen (e.g., F or Cl), or amino optionally substituted by one or two groups independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl.
- 1-3 substituents are independently a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, C 3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, pheny
- R 40 is a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- R 40 group in Formulae IV-4 and IV-5 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R 40 group in Formulae IV-4 and IV-5 can be the same, e.g., as a C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula IV-1 into the compound of Formula IV-2.
- the conversion comprises reacting a compound of Formula IV-1 or a geometric isomer thereof, with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid.
- a Lewis acid can be used for this transformation, for example, boron or aluminum based Lewis acids can be used.
- the Lewis acid comprises BF 3 .
- Other suitable Lewis acids include those known in the art that can facilitate an analogous reaction of an olefin with an aldehyde to provide an alcohol.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of oxidizing the compound of Formula IV-2 into the compound of Formula IV-3 by using an oxidizing agent.
- the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof.
- the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof.
- the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation.
- the oxidizing comprises contacting the compound of Formula IV-2 with a suitable oxidizing agent.
- the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate).
- the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent.
- Swern oxidation reagent systems are known.
- a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et 3 N).
- an organic base e.g., Et 3 N
- exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof, which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species.
- the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula IV-3 into the compound of Formula IV-4 by using an olefin forming reagent.
- Various olefin forming reagents are suitable for this transformation.
- the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a phosphonate substituted acetate:
- G 40 at each occurrence and R 40a are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl).
- the phosphonate substituted acetate can be deprotonated to form a phosphonate-stabilized carbanion, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula IV-3 to form an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester.
- the olefin forming reagent is ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate.
- the olefin forming reagent is a phosphorus ylide (e.g., triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane) or its precursor.
- the olefin forming reagent can comprise an organometallic reagent, such as an organozinc reagent, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula IV-3 to form a secondary alcohol, which upon dehydration, forms an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon Reformatsky reagent:
- R 40a is an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl).
- the ester group of the olefin forming reagent e.g., R 40a in either of the phosphonate or the Reformatsky reagent
- R 40a is different from R 40 , for example, when R 40 is H.
- the method can optionally further include converting the —CO 2 R 40a in Formula IV-4a into —CO 2 R 40 in Formula IV-4
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula IV-4 into the compound of Formula IV-5.
- the diol of Formula IV-5 is synthesized by hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4 followed by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups.
- the diol of Formula IV-5 is synthesized by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups of the compound of Formula IV-4 followed by hydrogenation of the double bonds.
- the geometric isomers of the compounds of Formula IV-4 can also be used.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4.
- the method comprises hydrogenating a geometric isomer of the compound of Formula IV-4.
- the method comprises hydrogenating a mixture of the compound of Formula IV-4, and its geometric isomers.
- the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4 with H 2 in the presence of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO 2 , Rh, or Ru.
- the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C.
- the hydrogenation can be conducted at various H 2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm.
- the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- the compound of Formula IV-1 or a geometric isomer thereof is obtained from reacting a compound of Formula IV-6 with an olefin forming reagent
- R 41 is H or Pg 20 ; R 42 is H or Pg 21 ; provided that when one or both of R 41 and R 42 are H, then a protecting step is followed after reacting the compound of Formula IV-6 with the olefin forming reagent.
- the olefin forming reagent can be a phosphorous ylide.
- the olefin forming reagent can be ethylenetriphenylphosphorane or its precursor ethyltriphenylphosphonium salt.
- the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent), wherein the 17-ketone of Formula IV-6 can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is then followed by dehydration.
- organometallic reagent e.g., an organozinc reagent
- the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula IV-5.
- the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula IV-5.
- Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art.
- the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula IV-5 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF 3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I ⁇ mediated) hydrolysis conditions.
- the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula IV-5 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- an ester of chenodeoxycholic acid e.g., the compound of Formula IV-5, wherein R 40 is an optionally substituted alkyl
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of chenodeoxycholic acid.
- the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-d) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO 2 R 40 ) occurs under the respective reaction conditions.
- the esters of chenodeoxycholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of chenodeoxycholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- a salt of chenodeoxycholic acid is the desired product.
- the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of chenodeoxycholic acid.
- the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of chenodeoxycholic acid, for example, by reacting chenodeoxycholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- a suitable base e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- Compounds of Formula IV-6 can be readily available from either Formula III-11 or Formula III-12.
- Formula IV-6 when both R 41 and R 42 are H, Formula IV-6 is the same as Formula III-12.
- both R 41 and R 42 are the same hydroxyl protecting group, a double protection of Formula III-12 with an appropriate protecting group can provide the compound of Formula IV-6.
- the compound of Formula IV-6 can be provided through the compound of Formula III-11 by using a combination of protection/deprotection and reduction steps, so as to differentiate the two 3- and 7-hydroxyl groups regardless of their intrinsic reactivity.
- the compound of Formula IV-6 can be prepared from the compound of Formula III-11 or Formula III-12, which in turn can be prepared by any of the methods described herein, e.g., Method 3.
- the compound of Formula III-11 or Formula III-12 can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions.
- Suitable protecting groups for various functional groups as well as suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting particular functional groups are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 4 th ed. P. G. M. Wuts; T. W. Greene, John Wiley, 2007, and references cited therein.
- the reagents for the reactions described herein are generally known compounds or can be prepared by known procedures or obvious modifications thereof. For example, many of the reagents are available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co.
- the synthetic intermediate is a compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4, or a geometric isomer thereof, or a salt thereof:
- each of R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 is independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R 53 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl.
- R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 in each of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, and Formula V-4 can be independently selected.
- R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 are each H.
- R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein).
- R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 are the same hydroxyl protecting group.
- at least two of R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 are the same hydroxyl protecting group.
- at least two of R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 are different.
- R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 can be hydrogen and the other two of R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 can be the same or different hydroxyl protecting group.
- Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups include any of those described herein.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is acetyl.
- R 50 , R 51 , and R 52 in Formula V-3 are described hereinabove.
- R 53 is H.
- R 53 is an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl).
- R 53 is methyl.
- R 53 is ethyl.
- the compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is isolated.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight).
- the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the synthetic intermediate is a compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, or Formula V-7, or a compound of Formula V-8 or a geometric isomer or a salt thereof:
- each of R 54 and R 55 is independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R 56 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl, provided that when R 54 and R 55 are both acetyl, then R 56 is not methyl.
- R 54 and R 55 in each of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, and Formula V-8 can be independently selected.
- R 54 and R 55 are each H.
- R 54 and R 55 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein).
- R 54 and R 55 are the same hydroxyl protecting group.
- R 54 and R 55 are different.
- one of R 54 and R 55 can be hydrogen and the other of R 54 and R 55 can be a hydroxyl protecting group.
- Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups include any of those described herein.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is acetyl.
- R 54 , R 55 , and R 56 in Formula V-8 are described hereinabove.
- R 56 is H.
- R 56 is an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl), provided that when R 54 and R 55 are both acetyl, then R 56 is not methyl.
- R 56 is ethyl.
- the compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is isolated.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight).
- the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- the synthetic intermediate is a compound having a structure of
- R 31 , R 32 and R 33 are each independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group.
- R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 are each H.
- R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein).
- R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 are the same hydroxyl protecting group.
- at least two of R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 are the same hydroxyl protecting group.
- at least two of R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 are different.
- R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 can be hydrogen and the other two of R 31 , R 32 , and R 33 can be the same or different hydroxyl protecting group.
- Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups for Formula III-8 include any of those described herein.
- the hydroxyl protecting group is acetyl.
- the compound of Formula III-8 is isolated. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight). In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers.
- the isolated compound of Formula III-8 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to pharmaceutical or cosmetic compositions comprising one or more of CA, DCA, CDCA and their esters and salts, which are free of animal derived impurities.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a high purity cholic acid composition herein, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient.
- the cholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof has at least a purity of 99% by weight, for example, 99.2%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or greater than 99.9% by weight.
- the cholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition further comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) chenodeoxycholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- the chenodeoxycholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition further comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) deoxycholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- the deoxycholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities.
- the high purity cholic acid can be obtained, for example, by the synthetic methods provided herein.
- the present disclosure also provides a high purity cholic acid composition.
- the high purity cholic acid composition herein comprises cholic acid or a salt thereof, along with one or more process impurities.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of, cholic acid or a salt thereof, and one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or all) compounds selected from Compounds 32-35 (see Example 6) or a salt thereof.
- the high purity cholic acid composition can comprise any one of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof, any two of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof, any three of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof, or all of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof.
- the total amount of Compounds 32-35 and salts thereof, as applicable, is less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the purity level is recited as weight percentage, the respective compound and all of its salt forms are considered, and the equivalent weight of the free acid form is then used for the weight percentage calculation.
- the weight percentage of Compound 32 and salt is less than 1% of the cholic acid and salt thereof, it should be understood that the equivalent weight of Compound 32 as free acid, after considering all salt forms of Compound 32 that may be present in the composition, is less than 1% by weight of cholic acid, also expressed as equivalent weight of the free acid, after considering all salt forms of cholic acid that may be present in the composition.
- Methods for determining purity of a composition are known to those skilled in the art.
- the purity of the cholic acid composition herein can be analyzed based on weight, HPLC area, or both. Those skilled in the art would know how to validate an analytical method in determining such purity level. In any of the embodiments described herein, the purity of the cholic acid composition herein can be based on weight percentages.
- Each of Compounds 32-35 or a salt thereof, if present in the high purity cholic acid composition should be preferably less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 32, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 33, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- 5% e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 34, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 35, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof.
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises cholic acid or salt thereof with a purity of at least 95% (e.g., at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%).
- the high purity cholic acid composition comprises cholic acid or salt thereof with a purity of at least 99% by weight and/or HPLC area, for example, 99.2%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or greater than 99.9% by weight, by HPLC area, or both.
- the levels of Compounds 32-35 in a high purity cholic acid composition herein can be controlled. For example, when needed, further purification of a cholic acid composition herein can be made to reduce the level of (or even eliminate) one or more of Compounds 32-35. For example, as shown in FIG. 2 , these impurities can be readily separated by HPLC, which has baseline separation in FIG. 2 . See also Example 6, where each of Compounds 32-35 were isolated by reverse phase HPLC and characterized and identified.
- the level of one or more of Compounds 32-35 can also be increased by adding the respective substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight) Compounds 32-35 to the high purity cholic acid composition.
- Compounds 32-35 are themselves also useful, for example, they can be useful in quality control for cholic acid manufacturing, in identifying sources of cholic acid, or identifying potential synthetic pathways to such cholic acid.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising cholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can be formulated in various forms with suitable excipient(s).
- suitable excipients can be any solid, liquid, semi-solid or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous excipient that is generally available to one of skill in the art.
- Solid excipients include starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like.
- liquid and semisolid excipients can include glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc.
- liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions include water, saline, aqueous dextrose, and glycols.
- the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition is preferably an aqueous solution, e.g., suitable for subcutaneous injection.
- the aqueous solution comprises: (i) high purity cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof; e.g., a high purity cholic acid composition described herein; and (ii) a pharmaceutical, veterinary, or cosmetic excipient.
- the solution can further comprise a second therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: anti-microbial agents, vasoconstrictors, anti-thrombotic agents, anti-coagulation agents, suds-depressants, anti-inflammatory agents, analgesics, dispersion agents, anti-dispersion agents, penetration enhancers, steroids, tranquilizers, muscle relaxants, and anti-diarrhea agents.
- a solution is in a container that contains up to 500 mL of solution. Such container can be a syringe or syringe-loadable container.
- Non-limiting exemplary methods for formulating the cholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof include those described in WO 2015/198150, titled “Methods and Compositions of Bile Acids and Salts for Reduction of Fat,” the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, and chenodeoxycholic acid are known to have medical and/or cosmetic uses.
- WO 2015/198150 describes the use of cholate and/or chenodeoxycholate to reduce subcutaneous fat accumulations in a mammal by local administration to a target site.
- WO 2015/198150 also describes that cholate and/or chenodeoxycholate compositions can be used for dissolving lipomas, fat, mesotherapy, separating tissue, tumor reduction, cancer reduction, cancer treatment, and any other clinical situation where one might want to use loosen, remove, assist the body consumption or resolution of wax, lipids, proteins, or carbohydrates from a part or region of the body.
- the cholate and/or chenodeoxycholate compositions can be injected subcutaneously in contact with the lipomas to lyse the lipomas.
- Methods of using deoxycholic acid are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,622,130, and U.S. Application Publication Nos. 2005-0267080 A1 and 2006-0127468 A1, etc.
- the present disclosure also provides a method for non-surgical removal of a localized fat deposit in a subject.
- the method comprises administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the pharmaceutical or cosmetic compositions described hereinabove, for example, a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising a fat-lysing effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof, e.g., a high purity cholic acid composition described herein, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient.
- a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising a fat-lysing effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof, e.g., a high purity cholic acid composition described herein,
- the various starting materials, intermediates, and compounds of the preferred embodiments can be isolated and purified where appropriate using conventional techniques such as precipitation, filtration, crystallization, evaporation, distillation, and chromatography. Characterization of these compounds can be performed using conventional methods such as by melting point, mass spectrum, nuclear magnetic resonance, and various other spectroscopic analyses. Exemplary embodiments of steps for performing the synthesis of products described herein are described in greater detail infra. Table 1 describes abbreviations used to express various compounds/moieties/apparatus/procedure/property in the exemplary reaction schemes and synthetic routes described in the following examples and throughout the specification.
- EtPPh3Br (2.41 g, 6.50 mmol, 5.00 eq) in a flask was dried under high vacuum for 1 hr at 70° C.
- Dry THF (3.00 mL) was added, followed by adding t-BuOK (0.73 g, 6.50 mmol, 5.00 eq) under N 2 .
- the entire mixture was still stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr under N 2 .
- the solution of Compound 6 (0.42 g, 1.30 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dry THF (2.00 mL) was added to the reaction at 70° C., the reaction was stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was all consumed and one new main spot was formed.
- the obtained yellow oil (0.48 g, 1.45 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved in DCM (5.00 mL) at 25° C., followed by adding Ac 2 O (621.97 mg, 6.05 mmol, 570.62 uL, 4.2 eq), Et 3 N (0.88 g, 8.70 mmol, 1.21 mL, 6.00 eq) and DMAP (35.44 mg, 290.11 umol, 0.20 eq) at 25° C. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 7 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely and one new main spot was formed.
- EtPPh 3 Br (12.18 g, 32.80 mmol, 10.00 eq) in a flask was dried under high vacuum for 1 hr at 70° C.
- Dry THF (100.00 mL) was added, followed by adding t-BuOK (3.68 g, 32.80 mmol, 10.00 eq) under N2.
- the entire mixture was still stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr under N 2 .
- the solution of Compound 14 (1.00 g, 3.28 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dry THF (5.00 mL) was added to the reaction at 70° C., the reaction was stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was all consumed and one new main spot was formed.
- the obtained light yellow oil (1.04 g, 3.29 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved in DCM (20.00 mL) at 25° C., followed by adding Ac2O (752.36 mg, 7.37 mmol, 690.24 uL, 2.24 eq), Et 3 N (2.00 g, 19.74 mmol, 2.74 mL, 6.00 eq) and DMAP (80.39 mg, 658.00 umol, 0.20 eq) at 25° C. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely and one new main spot was formed.
- Compound 4 which can be obtained from DHEA following the processes described in Example 1, is firstly converted into compound 28.
- EtPPh3Br (5.00 eq) in a flask is dried under high vacuum for 1 hr at 70° C.
- Dry THF (3.00 mL) is added, followed by adding t-BuOK (5.00 eq) under N 2 .
- the entire mixture is still stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr under N 2 .
- the solution of Compound 4 (1.00 eq) in dry THF (2.00 mL) is added to the reaction at 70° C., the reaction is stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC shows the starting material is all consumed and one new spot is formed.
- the solution is diluted by EA (40 mL), quenched by saturated NaCl solution (10 mL).
- the aqueous solution is extracted with EA (20 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 , concentrated in vacuum to give an intermediate product.
- the intermediate product (1.00 eq) is then dissolved in DCM (5.00 mL) at 25° C., followed by adding Ac 2 O (4.2 eq), Et 3 N (6.00 eq) and DMAP (0.20 eq) at 25° C.
- the reaction is stirred at 25° C. for 7 hrs.
- the reaction is diluted with EA (50 ml), washed with H 2 O (10 mL), dried over Na 2 SO 4 and filtered, the organic layer is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by column chromatography to give Compound 28.
- a few process impurities (see e.g., impurities 1-4 in FIG. 2 ) in the final cholic acid produced in Example 1 or 2 have been isolated using preparative HPLC (e.g., Shimadzu LC-20AP prep HPLC system), with H 2 O (0.1% TFA) and acetonitrile as eluents, Column: Luna C18 300*50 mm, 10u, ELSD as monitor and identified as Compounds 32, 33, 34, and 35 as follows. Those skilled in the art would know how to adjust the flow rate and gradients to obtain optimal separation.
- the purity of the isolated product can be analyzed by analytical HPLC, for example, also using H 2 O (0.1% TFA) and acetonitrile as eluents, Column: Luna C18 100*30 mm, 5u.
- Compound 32 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 32 can be derived, for example, from hydrogenation of a product formed in Step 8 (part a) of Example 1 followed by deprotection. Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 733.5 (Positive Scan, 2M+1). The assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-A.
- the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.81 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.23 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlated with methine at 1.32 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.14 ppm (H-9); C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.59 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 1.95 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘ ⁇ ’ because methyl at 0.59 ppm correlate with methine at 1.33 ppm (H-20) and don't correlate with methine at 1.78 ppm (H-17); The correlation signals between methine at 3.18 ppm (H-3) and H-5, methine at 3.60 ppm (H-7) and H-8/H-6(1.36 ppm and 1.78 ppm),
- Compound 33 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 33 is a diastereomer of cholic acid at the C20 position, which can be derived, for example, from a minor isomer formed in Step 8 (or epimerization) of Example 1 that carried through the synthesis until cholic acid.
- Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 817.6 (Positive Scan, 2M+1).
- the assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-B:
- H-21 correlates with the methine at 1.34 ppm (H-20) and H-20 correlate with methine at 1.79 ppm (H-17).
- H-21 correlate with carbon at 46.3 ppm (C-17), 39.3 ppm (C-22).
- the two methylenes H22 and H23 correlate with carbonyl at 175.2 ppm (C-24).
- H-19 correlate with C-1, C-5, C-9 and C-10; H-18 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups.
- the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.80 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.23 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlate with methine at 1.33 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.14 ppm (H-9); C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.59 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 1.99 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘ ⁇ ’ because methyl at 0.59 ppm correlate with methine at 1.34 ppm (H-20) and don't correlate with methine at 1.78 ppm (H-17); The correlation signals between methine at 3.18 ppm (H-3) and H-5, methine at 3.61 ppm (H-7) and H-8, H-6(1.36 ppm and 1.79 ppm), me
- Compound 34 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 34 is a diastereomer of cholic acid at the C17 position, which can be derived, for example, from a minor isomer formed in Step 10 of Example 1 that carried through the synthesis until cholic acid.
- Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 407.3 (Negative Scan, M ⁇ 1).
- the assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-C:
- the methyl at 0.80 ppm (H-21) correlate with the methine at 1.90 ppm (H-20) and H-20 correlate with methine at 1.40 ppm (H-17).
- H-21 correlate with carbon at 55.9 ppm (C-17), 31.9 ppm (C-22).
- the two methylenes H22 and H23 correlate with carbonyl at 178.5 ppm (C-24).
- H-18 correlate with C-1, C-10, C-5 and C-9; H-19 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17; H-21 correlate with C-20, C-22 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups.
- the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.88 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.39 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlate with methine at 1.62 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.27 ppm (H-9);C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.78 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 2.00 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘a’ because methyl at 0.78 ppm correlate with methine at 1.39 ppm (H-17) and don't correlate with methine at 1.90 ppm (H-20);
- the correlation signals between H-3 and H-5, H-7 and H-8 H-6(1.57 ppm and 1.92 ppm), H-12 and H-18 can support the conclusion of 3 ⁇ (OH), 7 ⁇ (OH) and 12 ⁇ (
- Compound 35 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 35 is a diastereomer of Compound 34 at the C20 position, which can be derived, for example, from a minor isomer formed in Steps 8-10 of Example 1 that carried through the synthesis until cholic acid.
- Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 407.2 (Negative Scan, M ⁇ 1).
- the assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-D:
- H-21 correlates with the methine at 1.99 ppm (H-20) and H-20 correlate with methine at 1.57 ppm (H-17).
- H-21 correlates with carbon at 55.7 ppm (C-17), 29.5 ppm (C-22).
- the two methylenes H22 and H23 correlate with carbonyl at 178.5 ppm (C-24).
- H-18 correlate with C-1, C-10, C-5 and C-9; H-19 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17; H-21 correlate with C-20, C-22 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups.
- the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.89 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.41 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlate with methine at 1.61 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.25 ppm (H-9);C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.75 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 2.01 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘ ⁇ ’ because methyl at 0.75 ppm correlate with methine at 1.57 ppm (H-17) and don't correlate with methine at 1.99 ppm (H-20);
- the correlation signals between H-3 and H-5, H-7 and H-8 H-6(1.57 ppm and 1.92 ppm), H-12 and H-18 can support the conclusion of 3 ⁇ (OH), 7 ⁇ (OH) and 12 ⁇ (
- a total of 27071 reflections were collected in the theta range from 2.303 to 31.246°.
- the structure was solved using direct methods and was refined by full-matrix least-squares on F2 values. Non-hydrogen atoms were refined anisotropically. Hydrogen atoms were fixed at calculated positions and refined using a riding mode. The total number of refined parameters was 310, compared with 7098 data. All reflections were included in the refinement.
- the largest differential peak and hole were 0.391 and ⁇ 0.413 e. ⁇ ⁇ 3 , respectively.
- the crystal was a colorless prism with the following dimensions: 0.20 ⁇ 0.18 ⁇ 0.12 mm 3 .
Abstract
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/636,260, which is a 35 U.S.C. § 371 national phase of PCT/CN2018/098535, having an international filing date of Aug. 3, 2018, which claims priority to PCT/CN2017/095784, filed on Aug. 3, 2017, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- The present disclosure is generally related to the field of steroid synthesis, e.g., methods of preparing a bile acid (e.g., cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid) from a plant derived steroid, and novel synthetic intermediates. The present disclosure is also related to pharmaceutical or cosmetic compositions comprising a bile acid (e.g., cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid) or its ester(s) or salt(s), and pharmaceutical or cosmetic uses thereof.
- Bile acids such as deoxycholic acid, cholic acid and the like are pharmaceutical and cosmetically useful compounds. See, e.g., Mukhopadhyay, S. and U. Maitra., Current Science 87:1666-1683 (2004) (“Chemistry and Biology of Bile Acids”). Recently, the use of one or more of cholate and chenodeoxycholate has been suggested for non-surgical removal of a localized fat deposit in a subject. See, e.g., WO 2015/198150. Bile acids were typically obtained from bovine and ovine sources. Pathogens such as prions can contaminate such sources. Thus, stringent conditions for mammalian sourced bile acids are required by regulatory authorities. See, e.g., WO 2008/157635 and WO 2011/075701. For example, deoxycholic acid from animals in New Zealand are a source of bile acids for human use under US regulatory regimes, as long as the animals continue to remain isolated and otherwise free of observable pathogens. Such stringent conditions impose a limitation on the amount of suitable mammalian sourced bile acids and do not preclude the possibility that the bile acids will be free of such pathogens.
- In light of the stringent conditions for mammalian sourced bile acids noted above, synthetic bile acids such as cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, suitable for use as medicaments or cosmetics in humans are in need. These synthetic bile acids would be synthesized starting from non-animal sources, such as from plant sources or synthetic starting materials. Therefore, the synthetic bile acids can be advantageous at least in that they are known from the outset to be free from animal derived impurities, such as pathogens that are capable of producing a deleterious effect on a human, and other harmful agents such as animal or microbial metabolites, toxins, including bacterial toxins, such as pyrogens.
- In various embodiments, the present disclosure is directed to a method of preparing cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the method can comprise, consisting essentially of, or consisting of any of the embodiments described below for any of
methods - In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides novel synthetic intermediates useful for the preparation of cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof.
- In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides a high purity cholic acid composition. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of, cholic acid or a salt thereof, and one or more compounds selected from Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, the total amount of Compounds 32-35 and salts thereof, as applicable, is less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. In some embodiments, the amount of each of Compounds 32-35 and its respective salt, as applicable, is less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. In some embodiments, the cholic acid or salt thereof has a purity of at least 95% (e.g., at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) by weight and/or by HPLC area. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition is substantially free or free from an animal derived impurity.
- In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising one or more of high purity cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a high purity cholic acid composition described herein, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition further comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) deoxycholic acid or chenodeoxycholic acid, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof. In any of the embodiments described herein, the high purity cholic acid, deoxycholic acid or chenodeoxycholic acid, or an ester or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities.
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of administering the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method is for non-surgical removal of a localized fat deposit in a subject. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering to the subject a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising a fat-lysing effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient.
- Additional embodiments and advantages of the disclosure will be set forth, in part, in the description that follows, and will flow from the description, or can be learned by practice of the disclosure. The embodiments and advantages of the disclosure will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims.
- It is to be understood that both the foregoing summary and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only, and are not restrictive of the invention as claimed.
-
FIG. 1 shows a drawing of X-ray structure for Compound 35. -
FIG. 2 presents one exemplary HPLC trace showing an impurity profile of cholic acid synthesized by the methods herein (e.g., as shown in Examples 1 and 2). In the HPLC trace, Compound 32 is designated asimpurity 1, which has a retention time of 5.02 minutes, Compound 33 is designated asimpurity 2, which has a retention time of 9.17 minutes, Compound 34 is designated asimpurity 3, which has a retention time of 12.10 minutes, and Compound 35 is designated asimpurity 4, which has a retention time of 15.73 minutes. - It is meant to be understood that proper valences are maintained for all moieties and combinations thereof.
- It is also meant to be understood that a specific embodiment of a variable moiety herein may be the same or different as another specific embodiment having the same identifier. For example, R1 in various formulae is independently selected and can be the same or different. Other variables such as R30 in various formulae are also independently selected and can be the same or different.
- As used herein, the term “animal derived impurities” refers to impurities having an “animal origin,” which refers to originating from a kingdom (Animalia) of living things including multi-celled organisms and single celled organisms. In some embodiments, the term “animal derived impurities” can be pathogens, animal or microbial metabolites, and toxins, including bacterial toxins, such as pyrogens.
- As used herein, the term “cholic acid (CA)” refers to the compound 3α,7α,12α-trihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic acid, which has the following structure:
- As used herein, a “steroid starting material” refers to a compound having a steroid ring skeleton as follows:
- Throughout the present disclosure, the atom and ring numbering in steroid skeletons of the compounds herein follows the convention below:
- As used herein, the term “chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA)” refers to the compound 3α,7α-dihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic acid, which has the following structure:
- As used herein, the term “deoxycholic acid (DCA)” refers to the compound 3α,12α-dihydroxy-5β-cholan-24-oic acid, which has the following structure:
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt which is, suitable for pharmaceutical use and is commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are known in the art. For example, the bile acids (e.g., CA, DCA, or CDCA) described herein can be in the form of a sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium salt. Suitable salts include those described in P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts Properties, Selection, and Use; 2002. These pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared by reacting the bile acids (e.g., CA, DCA, or CDCA) with a suitable base. For illustrative purposes, examples of such bases include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or lithium hydroxide. Alternatively, the salts can be prepared by hydrolysis of esters of the bile acids (e.g., CA, DCA, or CDCA) with a base and omitting an acidic workup that would lead to the acid form of the bile acids.
- As used herein, the term “cosmetically acceptable salt” refers to a salt which is suitable for cosmetic use and is commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Cosmetically acceptable salts are known in the art and include, for example, base addition salts with a cation selected from the group consisting of sodium (Na+), potassium (K+), lithium (Li+), magnesium (Mg2+), calcium (Ca2+), barium (Ba2+), strontium (Sr2+), and ammonium (NH4 +).
- The term “subject” as used herein refers to any animal, or cells thereof whether in vitro or in vivo, amenable to the methods described herein. In preferred embodiments, the subject is a human.
- As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C1-9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C1-7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C1-5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkyl”). Examples of C1-6 alkyl groups include methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3) (e.g., n-propyl, isopropyl), butyl (C4) (e.g., n-butyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl), pentyl (C5) (e.g., n-pentyl, 3-pentanyl, amyl, neopentyl, 3-methyl-2-butanyl, tertiary amyl), and hexyl (C6) (e.g., n-hexyl). Additional examples of alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C7), n-octyl (C8), and the like.
- As used herein, the term “optionally substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group that is unsubstituted or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents (e.g., as described herein, e.g., halogen, such as F).
- As used herein, the term “hydroxyl protecting agent” refers to a reagent which under suitable reaction conditions reacts with a hydroxyl group to form a hydroxyl protecting group.
- As used herein, the term “hydroxyl protecting group” refers to any group which forms a derivative of the hydroxyl group that is stable to the projected reaction(s), wherein said hydroxyl protecting group subsequently optionally can be selectively removed. The hydroxyl derivative can be obtained by selective reaction of a hydroxyl protecting agent with a hydroxyl group. A person of ordinary skill in the art can select proper hydroxyl protecting group(s) based on the nature of the protecting group(s) and the projected reaction(s). For example, methods for introducing and removing various hydroxyl protecting groups can be found in “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 4th ed. P. G. M. Wuts; T. W. Greene, John Wiley, 2007, and in P. J. Kocienski, “Protecting Groups”, 3rd ed. G. Thieme, 2003, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure include those forming an ether of the hydroxyl group, such as methyl ether, allyl ether, prenyl ether, p-methoxybenzyl ether, triphenylmethyl ether, 2-trimethylsilylethyl ether, tert-butyl ether, cinnamyl ether, propargyl ether, p-methoxyphenyl ether, benzyl ether, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl ether, 2,6-dimethoxybenzyl ether, o-nitrobenzyl ether, p-nitrobenzyl ether, 4-(trimethylsilylmethyl)-benzyl ether, 2-naphthylmethyl ether, diphenylmethyl ether, (4-methoxyphenyl)-phenylmethyl ether, (4-phenyl-phenyl)-phenylmethyl ether, p,p′-dinitrobenzhydryl ether, 5-dibenzosuberyl ether, tris(4-tert-butylphenyl)methyl ether, (α-naphthyl)-diphenylmethyl ether, p-methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl ether, di(p-methoxyphenyl)phenylmethyl ether, tri(p-methoxyphenyl)methyl ether and 9-(9-phenyl)xanthenyl ether.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming an alkoxyalkylether (e.g., acetals and ketals) of the hydroxyl group, such as 1-ethoxyethyl ether, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl ether, [(3,4-dimethoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl ether, guaiacolmethyl ether, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl ether, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl ether, tetrahydrofuranyl ether, methoxymethyl ether benzyloxymethyl ether, p-methoxybenzyloxymethyl ether, p-nitrobenzyloxymethyl ether, o-nitrobenzyloxymethyl ether, (4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl ether, tert-butoxymethyl ether, 4-pentenyloxymethyl ether, siloxymethyl ether, 1-methoxycyclohexyl ether, 4-methoxytetrahydropyranyl ether, 1-[(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl]-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl ether, 1-(2-fluorophenyl)-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl ether, 1-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl ether or 1-methyl-1-benzyloxyethyl ether.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a thioacetal or thioketal of the hydroxyl group, such as tetrahydrothiopyranyl ether, 4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl ether, tetrahydrothiofuranyl ether or 1,3-benzodithiolan-2-yl ether.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a silyl ether of the hydroxyl group, such as trimethylsilyl ether, triethylsilyl ether, triisopropylsilyl ether, tert-butyldimethylsilyl ether, dimethylisopropylsilyl ether, diethylisopropylsilyl ether, diphenylmethylsilyl ether, triphenylsilyl ether, dimethylthexylsilyl ether, 2-norbornyldimethylsilyl ether, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl ether, (2-hydroxystyryl)dimethylsilyl ether, (2-hydroxystyryl)diisopropylsilyl ether, tert-butylmethoxyphenylsilyl ether or tert-butoxydiphenylsilyl ether.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming an ester of the hydroxyl group, such as acetate ester, chloroacetate ester, trifluoroacetate ester, phenoxyacetate ester, formate ester, benzoylformate ester, dichloroacetate ester, trichloroacetate ester, methoxyacetate ester, p-chlorophenoxyacetate ester, phenylacetate ester, 3-phenylpropionate ester, 4-pentenoate ester, 4-oxopentanoate ester, pivaloate ester, crotonate ester, 4-methoxycrotonate ester, angelate ester, benzoate ester or p-phenylbenzoate ester.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a carbonate of the hydroxyl group, such as methoxymethyl carbonate, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate, methyl carbonate, ethyl carbonate, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonate, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate, vinyl carbonate, allyl carbonate or p-nitrophenyl carbonate.
- Non-limiting examples of hydroxyl protecting groups suitable for the present disclosure also include those forming a sulfinate of the hydroxyl group, such as 2,4-dinitrophenylsulfenate.
- As used herein, the term “olefin forming reagent” refers to a regent that can react with a ketone or aldehyde to form an olefin bond under suitable conditions. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can be a Wittig reagent. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can be a phosphorous ylide, or a precursor thereof, e.g., a phosphonium salt that can form the phosphorus ylide under certain conditions (e.g., using a base). In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises an organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent, such as a Reformatsky reagent), wherein the ketone or aldehyde can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is followed by dehydration.
- As used herein, the term “ylide” refers to a neutral dipolar molecule containing a formally negatively charged atom (usually a carbanion) directly attached to a heteroatom with a formal positive charge (usually nitrogen, phosphorus or sulfur). Thus, when the heteroatom is phosphine, the ylide is a “phosphorous ylide.” For example, methylenetriphenylphosphorane (Ph3P═CH2) is a phosphorous ylide.
- As used herein, the term “Lewis acid” refers to an electron pair acceptor. Lewis acids include boron reagent such as BF3 (e.g., BF3Et2O) and organometallic reagents such as alkyl aluminum halides (e.g. Et2AlCl and MeAlCl2).
- Synthesis of Cholic Acid, Deoxycholic Acid, and Chenodeoxycholic Acid
- Cholic acid includes three hydroxyl groups at
positions - Deoxycholic acid has two hydroxyl groups at the 3 and 12 positions and can be synthesized from a 3,12-deoxygenated, or a 3-oxygenated steroid as a starting material. In some embodiments, strategy (1) for cholic acid synthesis from DHEA or Ac-DHEA can also be adapted for the synthesis of deoxycholic acid.
- Chenodeoxycholic acid, on the other hand, has two hydroxyl groups at the 3 and 7 positions and can be synthesized from a 3,7-deoxygenated, or a 3-oxygenated steroid as a starting material. Thus, strategy (2) for cholic acid synthesis from DHEA or Ac-DHEA can be adapted for the synthesis of chenodeoxycholic acid.
- In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, or chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, produced by any of the methods described herein.
- Method 1: Synthesis of Cholic Acid from 3,12-deoxygenated Steroids
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of preparing cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof from a 3,12-deoxygenated steroid starting material. A 3,12-deoxygenated steroid starting material refers to a compound having a steroid skeleton with each of the 3 and 12 positions a hydroxyl group or protected version thereof, or a ketone group or protected ketone. For example, in some embodiments, the 3,12-deoxygenated steroid can be a 3,12-diketone compound, a 3,12-dihydroxy compound, or a hydroxyketone compound, having the following ring structure (side chains and other functional groups omitted):
- In some embodiments, the 3,12-deoxygenated steroid is a 3,12-diketone compound. For example, the method can comprise a reaction sequence shown in Scheme 1:
- wherein R1 is a H or an optionally substituted alkyl.
- In some embodiments, the method comprises:
- a) converting a compound of Formula I-1 into a compound of Formula I-2,
-
- wherein R1 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group,
b) oxidizing the compound of Formula I-2 to form a compound of Formula I-3,
- wherein R1 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group,
- c) reacting the compound of Formula I-3 with an epoxide forming reagent to form an epoxide of Formula I-4
- d) reducing the epoxide of Formula I-4 under hydrogenation condition to form a diketone of Formula I-5
- e) contacting the diketone of Formula I-5 with a ketone reducing agent to form a compound of Formula I-6
- and
f) optionally, when R1 is not H, hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-6 to provide cholic acid. - In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. However, for ease of purification, in preferred embodiments, R1 is a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In some embodiments, R1 can also be an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl). For example, R1 can be an alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) substituents, wherein the 1-3 substituents are independently a C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, a substituted phenyl (e.g., para-methoxyphenyl), hydroxyl, C1-6 alkoxy (e.g., a methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), halogen (e.g., F or Cl), or amino optionally substituted by one or two groups independently selected from C1-6 alkyl. In preferred embodiments, R1 is a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). The R1 group in Formula I-1 to I-6 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R1 group in Formula I-1 to I-6 can be the same, for example, as a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Various conditions for effecting the transformations according to
Scheme 1 or a), b), c), d), e), and f) described above can be used, which are exemplified in embodiments below and in the Examples section. Other useful conditions and details include those known in the art for analogous transformations. - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-1 into the compound of Formula I-2. Compounds of Formula I-1 useful for this conversion can have a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, a substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% by weight) diastereomer of Formula I-1 can be used, with a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, a mixture of diastereomers of Formula I-1 can be used, for example, with a ratio of 5-alpha hydrogen compound to 5-beta hydrogen compound ranging from 50:1 to 1:50. In some embodiments, the converting comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-1 with a halogenating agent to form a halogenated intermediate, and subsequently treating the halogenated intermediate under elimination condition to form the compound of Formula I-2. Halogenating agents suitable for use include those known in the art for introducing an alpha-halogen to a ketone. In some embodiments, the halogenating agent is bromine. In some embodiments, the halogenating agent is N-bromosuccinimide (NBS). The halogenated intermediate formed can have either an alpha or beta configuration:
- The 5-position stereochemistry of the halogenated intermediate depends on the corresponding stereochemistry of the starting material, Formula I-1, and can have either an alpha or beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, X is bromine and R1 is an optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). The halogenated intermediate (e.g., brominated intermediate) can then be treated under elimination condition to form the compound of Formula I-2, an alpha-beta-unsaturated ketone. In some embodiments, the halogenated intermediate is purified prior to the treating under elimination condition. However, preferably, the halogenated intermediate is not purified prior to the treating under elimination condition. Suitable elimination conditions include those known in the art for the elimination of HX (X is halogen, e.g., Br) of an alpha-halogenated ketone. For example, in some embodiments, the elimination condition comprises heating the halogenated intermediate, e.g., to a temperature ranging from 120° C. to 180° C. (e.g., 120° C., 130° C., 140° C., 150° C., 160° C., 170° C., 180° C., or any ranges between the recited values), in the presence of a base (e.g., Li2CO3) and an agent that facilitates the elimination (e.g., LiBr) in a suitable solvent (e.g., DMF, DMSO). Other methods known in the art for converting a ketone into an alpha-beta-unsaturated ketone can also be used to effect the conversion of the compound of Formula I-1 into the compound of Formula I-2.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-2 into the compound of Formula I-3, for example, using an oxidizing agent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a benzoquinone based oxidizing agent such as chloranil (tetrachloro-1,4-benzoquinone) or 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (DDQ). In some embodiments, the method comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-2 with chloranil or DDQ to form the compound of Formula I-3.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-3 into the epoxide of Formula I-4. The compound of Formula I-3 includes olefin double bonds at the 6,7 positions and at the 4,5 positions, which can be converted into the epoxide of Formula I-4 by using an epoxide forming reagent. In some embodiments, the epoxide forming reagent is a peroxycarboxylic acid. In some embodiments, the epoxide forming reagent is meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid. Other suitable epoxide forming reagents include those known in the art that can selectively produce an epoxide at the 6,7 positions with the olefin at the 4,5 positions intact.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the epoxide of Formula I-4 into the diketone of Formula I-5. Various methods for reducing the epoxide can be used. Preferably, the method comprises hydrogenating the epoxide of Formula I-4. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is catalyzed by a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO2, Rh, or Ru. In some embodiments, the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C. The hydrogenation can be conducted at various H2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the diketone of Formula I-5 into the compound of Formula I-6, for example, using a ketone reducing agent. In some embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH4, NaCNBH3, etc.) or a trialkylaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride). In preferred embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu)3).
- When R1 is not hydrogen, for example, when R1 is a C1-6 alkyl, then to synthesize cholic acid, the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-6. Thus, in some embodiments, when R1 is not hydrogen, the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-6. Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art. For example, the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula I-6 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I− mediated) hydrolysis conditions. In preferred embodiments, the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-6 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- In some embodiments, an ester of cholic acid, e.g., the compound of Formula I-6 wherein R1 is an optionally substituted alkyl, is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of cholic acid. In such embodiments, the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-e) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO2R1) occurs under the respective reaction conditions. However, if desired, the ester of cholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of cholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- In some embodiments, a salt of cholic acid is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid. Thus, in some embodiments, the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid, for example, by reacting cholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- The compound of Formula I-1 used in the methods described hereinabove can be prepared via different methods. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula I-1 can be prepared by the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1A below. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula I-1 can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- Method 1A: Synthesis of 3,12-deoxygenated Steroid of Formula I-1
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the synthesis of the compound of Formula I-1, wherein R1 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group. Formula I-1 can have a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I-1 exist as a substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% by weight) diastereomer, with a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I-1 exist as a diastereomeric mixture in various ratios, for example, with a ratio of 5-alpha hydrogen compound to 5-beta hydrogen compound ranging from 50:1 to 1:50.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I-1 can be synthesized according to Scheme 2, wherein each variables and transformations are as described herein:
- Certain embodiments are directed to a method of oxidizing a diol of Formula I-7 to provide the compound of Formula I-1
- Formula I-7 can have a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I-7 exist as a substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% by weight) diastereomer, with a 5-alpha hydrogen or a 5-beta hydrogen. In some embodiments, compounds of Formula I-7 exist as a diastereomeric mixture in various ratios, for example, with a ratio of 5-alpha hydrogen compound to 5-beta hydrogen compound ranging from 50:1 to 1:50. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the diol of Formula I-7 with a suitable oxidizing agent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, Jones reagent (a solution of chromium trioxide in dilute sulfuric acid); PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate), etc. In a preferred embodiment, the oxidizing agent is Jones reagent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent. As used herein, the term “Swern oxidation reagent” encompasses all activated forms of DMSO, such as a chlorosulfonium active species, that can oxidize an alcohol into a ketone or aldehyde in the presence of an organic base such as triethyl amine or diisopropylethylamine. Various Swern oxidation reagent systems are known. For example, a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et3N). Other exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- In some embodiments, the diol of Formula I-7 can be synthesized by hydrogenating a compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a, or a geometric isomer thereof,
- wherein Pg1 and Pg2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group; and optionally removing the hydroxyl protecting groups. Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups include any of those known in the art, for example, those described herein. In some embodiments, Pg1 and Pg2 are the same. In some embodiments, Pg1 and Pg2 are different. In preferred embodiments, both Pg1 and Pg2 are hydroxyl protecting group that forms an ester with the hydroxyl group, for example, both Pg1 and Pg2 are acetyl. In some embodiments, the diol of Formula I-7 is synthesized by hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8a. In some embodiments, the diol of Formula I-7 is synthesized by hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8, which is followed by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups. In some embodiments, the diol of Formula I-7 is synthesized by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups of the compound of Formula I-8 to produce the compound of Formula I-8a, which is followed by hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8a.
- As the olefin double bonds in Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a are hydrogenated to form the diol of Formula I-7, the geometric isomers of the compounds of Formula I-8 and Formula I-8a can also be used. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a geometric isomer of the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a mixture of the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a, and its geometric isomers.
- Various methods for hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a can be used. Preferably, the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8 or Formula I-8a with H2 in the presence of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO2, Rh, or Ru. In some embodiments, the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C. The hydrogenation can be conducted at various H2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- The compound of Formula I-8 can be obtained, for example, from reacting an aldehyde of Formula I-9 with an olefin forming reagent:
- wherein Pg1 and Pg2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group as described hereinabove. Various olefin forming reagents are suitable for this transformation. Preferably, the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a phosphonate substituted acetate:
- wherein G1 at each occurrence and R1a are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl). The phosphonate substituted acetate can be deprotonated to form a phosphonate-stabilized carbanion, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula I-9 to form an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent is ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent is a phosphorus ylide (e.g., triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane) or its precursor. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can comprise an organometallic reagent, such as an organozinc reagent, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula I-9 to form a secondary alcohol, which upon dehydration, forms an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester. For example, in some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon Reformatsky reagent:
- wherein X is halo, such as Cl, Br or I, and R1a is an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl). In preferred embodiments, the ester group of the olefin forming reagent (e.g., R1a in either of the phosphonate or the Reformatsky reagent) is the same as COOR1 and R1 is not H. However, in some embodiments, R1a is different from R1, for example, when R1 is H. In such embodiments, the method can optionally further include converting the —CO2R1a in Formula I-8b into —CO2R1 in Formula I-8
- The aldehyde of Formula I-9 can be formed from oxidizing the corresponding alcohol of Formula I-11:
- wherein Pg1 and Pg2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group as described hereinabove. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-11 with a suitable oxidizing agent. Various oxidizing agents are suitable. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate). In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent. Various Swern oxidation reagent systems are known. For example, a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et3N). Other exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one). Preferably, the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- Various methods can be employed for the synthesis of the compound of Formula I-11. In preferred embodiments, the compound of Formula I-11 can be synthesized from the compound of Formula I-10 or a geometric isomer thereof:
- wherein Pg1 and Pg2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group as described hereinabove. In some embodiments, the method comprises reacting the compound of Formula I-10 with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid. Various Lewis acids can be used for this transformation, for example, boron or aluminum based Lewis acids can be used. In some embodiments, the Lewis acid comprises BF3. Other suitable Lewis acids include those known in the art that can facilitate an analogous reaction of an olefin with an aldehyde to provide an alcohol.
- The compound of Formula I-10 used in the methods described hereinabove can be prepared via different methods. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula I-10 can be prepared by the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1B below. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula I-10 can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- Method 1B: Synthesis of 3,12-deoxygenated Steroid of Formula I-10
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of preparing a compound of Formula I-10, or a geometric isomer thereof, wherein Pg1 and Pg2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, the method comprises obtaining the compound of Formula I-10 from DHEA or a protected DHEA (e.g., acetyl-DHEA) as exemplified in Scheme 3, wherein R2, R3, Pg1 and Pg2 are defined herein:
- In some embodiments, the method comprises:
- a) reacting a compound of Formula I-13
- wherein R2 is H or Pg1; and Pg1 is a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein); with an amine to form an imine of Formula I-14
- wherein m is 0, 1 or 2, and R3 is C1-6 alkyl (e.g., a methyl group at the 4′-position);
b) oxidizing the imine of Formula I-14 with O2 in the presence of a copper salt to form a compound of Formula I-15 - c) reacting the compound of Formula I-15 with an olefin forming reagent to form a compound of Formula I-16, or a geometric isomer thereof,
- and
d) protecting the hydroxyl group(s) in Formula I-16 to provide the compound of Formula I-10, or geometric isomer thereof. - In some embodiments, the protection of the 12-hydroxy group can occur prior to the olefination of the 17-ketone function in Formula I-15. Thus, in some embodiments, the method can also comprise:
- c′) protecting the hydroxyl group(s) in the compound of Formula I-15 to form a compound of Formula I-15a
- and
d′) then reacting the compound of Formula I-15a with an olefin forming reagent to provide the compound of Formula I-10, or geometric isomer thereof. - The imine formation of a), the copper mediated oxidation of b), and the olefination reaction of c) do not require the 3-hydroxy group to be protected. Thus, in some embodiments, the method can start with DHEA, i.e., R2 is H. In some embodiments, the method can start with a protected version of DHEA, where R2 is Pg1, e.g., acetyl.
- Various imines of Formula I-14 are suitable for the methods for preparing the compound of Formula I-10. In some embodiments, the pyridine ring in Formula I-14 is unsubstituted, i.e., m is 0. In some embodiments, the pyridine ring in Formula I-14 is substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyl groups. For example, in some embodiments, the pyridine ring in Formula I-14 is substituted at the 4′-position with a methyl group. The imine formation of a) is generally catalyzed by an acid, for example, para-toluenesulfonic acid.
- Suitable copper salt for b) includes any of those known in the art for analogous transformations. In some embodiments, the copper salt is a copper (II) salt such as Cu(OTf)2. In some embodiments, the copper salt is a copper (I) salt such as Cu(MeCN)4PF6.
- In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent in c) or d′) can be a phosphorous ylide. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent in c) or d′) can be ethylenetriphenylphosphorane or its precursor ethyltriphenylphosphonium salt. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent), wherein the 17-ketone of Formula I-15 or Formula I-15a can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is then followed by dehydration.
- Various protecting groups can be used for protecting either or both the 3- and 12-hydroxy groups. The protecting groups for the 3- and 12-hydroxy groups do not need to be the same. However, in preferred embodiments, Pg1 and Pg2 are the same, for example, both Pg1 and Pg2 are acetyl.
- Method 2: Synthesis of Deoxycholic Acid from 3,12-deoxygenated Steroids
- Deoxycholic acid (DCA) contains two hydroxyl groups at the 3,12-positions, which can therefore be prepared by an intermediate such as a compound of Formula I-1 (in the beta form with a 5-beta hydrogen, Formula I-1b) through a reduction reaction. In some embodiments, the present disclosure is directed to a method of preparing deoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof from a 3,12-deoxygenated steroid. In some embodiments, the method comprises a reaction sequence according to Scheme 4:
- In some embodiments, the method of preparing deoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof comprises:
- a) reacting a compound of Formula I-10, or a geometric isomer thereof, with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid
- to form a compound of Formula I-11
- wherein Pg1 and Pg2 are independently a hydroxyl protecting group;
b) oxidizing the compound of Formula I-11 to provide an aldehyde of Formula I-9 - c) reacting the aldehyde of Formula I-9 with an olefin forming reagent to form a compound of Formula I-8, or a geometric isomer thereof,
- wherein R1 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl);
d) hydrogenating the compound of Formula I-8 and subsequently removing the hydroxyl protecting groups, or deprotecting the compound of Formula I-8 and subsequently hydrogenating the deprotected compound, to provide a diol of Formula I-7b - e) oxidizing the diol of Formula I-7b to provide a compound of Formula I-1b,
- f) contacting the compound of Formula I-1b with a ketone reducing agent to form a compound of Formula I-12
- and
g) optionally, when R1 in Formula I-12 is not H, hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-12 to provide deoxycholic acid. - The R1 group in Formula I-8, I-7b, I-1b, and I-12 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R1 group in Formulae I-8, I-7b, I-1b, and I-12 can be the same, for example, as a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- In any of the embodiments described herein for
Method 2, the compound of Formula I-1 can be prepared from the compound of Formula I-10 by any of the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1A. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula I-10 can be prepared by any of the methods described herein, e.g., Method 1B. - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula I-1 into the compound of Formula I-12, for example, using a ketone reducing agent. In some embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH4, NaCNBH3, etc.) or a trialkoxyaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride). In preferred embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu)3).
- When R1 is not hydrogen, for example, when R1 is a C1-6 alkyl, then to synthesize deoxycholic acid, the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-12. Thus, in some embodiments, when R1 is not hydrogen, the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula I-12. Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art. For example, the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula I-12 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I− mediated) hydrolysis conditions. In preferred embodiments, the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-12 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- In some embodiments, an ester of deoxycholic acid, e.g., the compound of Formula I-12 wherein R1 is an optionally substituted alkyl, is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of deoxycholic acid. In such embodiments, the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-f) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO2R1) occurs under the respective reaction conditions. However, if desired, the esters of deoxycholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of deoxycholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- In some embodiments, a salt of deoxycholic acid is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of deoxycholic acid. Thus, in some embodiments, the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of deoxycholic acid, for example, by reacting deoxycholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- Novel Synthetic Intermediates from
Methods - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to novel synthetic intermediates useful for the preparation of cholic acid and/or deoxycholic acid. In some embodiments, the synthetic intermediate is a compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4, or a geometric isomer thereof, or a salt thereof:
- wherein each of R10 and R11 in each formula is independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R12 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl.
- In some embodiments, R10 and R11 are the same. In some embodiments, R10 and R11 are different. In some embodiments, both R10 and R11 are H. In some embodiments, one of R10 and R11 is H and the other of R10 and R11 is a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein, e.g., acetyl). In some embodiments, both R10 and R11 are hydroxyl protecting groups (e.g., as described herein, e.g., acetyl).
- In some embodiments, R12 is H. In some embodiments, R12 is an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl). In some embodiments, R12 is methyl. In some embodiments, R12 is ethyl.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is isolated. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight). In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-1, Formula II-2, Formula II-3, or Formula II-4 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides a compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 having a structure of:
- wherein R20 and R23 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl, provided that R20 and R23 are not methyl; and
- R21 and R22 are each independently H or an optionally substituted alkyl,
- or a salt thereof.
- In some embodiments, R20 is an optionally substituted C2-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- In some embodiments, R23 is an optionally substituted C2-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R23 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- In some embodiments, R21 is H. In some embodiments, R21 is an optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- In some embodiments, R22 is H. In some embodiments, R22 is an optionally substituted alkyl, e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is a C2-4 alkyl, e.g., ethyl, isopropyl, etc.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is isolated. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight). In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula II-5, Formula II-6, Formula II-7, or Formula II-8 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- The compound of any one of Formula II-1 to Formula II-8 can be prepared and purified according to the methods described herein, e.g., the Examples section.
- Method 3: Synthesis of Cholic Acid from 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated Steroids
- As described above, synthesis of cholic acid can also start with 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroids. In some embodiments, the 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroids can be obtained from a 3-hydroxy steroid starting material (e.g., DHEA) by first introducing a 7-hydroxy group followed by introducing a 12-hydroxy group. In various embodiments, the present disclosure also provides a method of preparing cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, which comprises converting a 3,7-deoxygenated or 3,7,12-trioxygenated steroid into cholic acid, ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof. For example, in some embodiments, the method comprises a reaction sequence shown in Scheme 5, wherein R30, Pg10, Pg11 and Pg12 are defined herein:
- In some embodiments, the method of preparing cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, comprises
- a) reacting a compound of Formula III-1, or a geometric isomer thereof, with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid to form a compound of Formula III-2
- wherein Pg10, Pg11 and Pg12 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group;
b) oxidizing the compound of Formula III-2 to provide an aldehyde of Formula III-3 - c) reacting the aldehyde of Formula III-3 with an olefin forming reagent to form a compound of Formula III-4, or a geometric isomer thereof,
- wherein R30 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group;
d) hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-4 with H2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst and subsequently removing the hydroxyl protecting groups, or removing the hydroxyl protecting groups in Formula III-4 and subsequently hydrogenating the deprotected compound with H2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst, to provide a triol of Formula III-5 - e) oxidizing the triol of Formula III-5 to provide a compound of Formula III-6,
- f) contacting the compound of Formula III-6 with a ketone reducing agent to form a compound of Formula III-7
- and
g) optionally, when R30 is not H in Formula III-7, hydrolyzing the compound of Formula III-7 to provide cholic acid. - In some embodiments, R30 is hydrogen. However, for ease of purification, in preferred embodiments, R30 is an alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In some embodiments, R30 can also be an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl). For example, R30 can be an alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) substituents, wherein the 1-3 substituents are independently a C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, a substituted phenyl (e.g., para-methoxyphenyl), hydroxyl, C1-6 alkoxy (e.g., a methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), halogen (e.g., F or Cl), or amino optionally substituted by one or two groups independently selected from C1-6 alkyl. In preferred embodiments, R30 is a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). The R30 group in Formula III-4 to III-7 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R30 group in Formula III-4 to III-7 can be the same, for example, as a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Pg10, Pg11 and Pg12 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein). In some embodiments, Pg10, Pg11 and Pg12 are each acetyl.
- Various conditions for effecting the transformations according to Scheme 5 or a), b), c), d), e), f) and g) described above can be used, which are exemplified in embodiments below and in the Examples section. Other useful conditions and details include those known in the art for analogous transformations.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-1 or a geometric isomer thereof, into the compound of Formula III-2. In some embodiments, the method comprises reacting a compound of Formula III-1 with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid. Various Lewis acids can be used for this transformation, for example, boron or aluminum based Lewis acids can be used. In some embodiments, the Lewis acid comprises BF3. Other suitable Lewis acids include those known in the art that can facilitate an analogous reaction of an olefin with an aldehyde to provide an alcohol.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of oxidizing the compound of Formula III-2 into the compound of Formula III-3. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the compound of Formula I-11 with a suitable oxidizing agent. Various oxidizing agents are suitable. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate). In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent. Various Swern oxidation reagent systems are known. For example, a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et3N). Other exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one). Preferably, the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-3 into the compound of Formula III-4 using an olefin forming reagent. Preferably, the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a phosphonate substituted acetate:
- wherein G10 at each occurrence and R30a are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl). The phosphonate substituted acetate can be deprotonated to form a phosphonate-stabilized carbanion, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula III-3 to form an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent is ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent is a phosphorus ylide (e.g., triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane) or its precursor. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can comprise an organometallic reagent, such as an organozinc reagent, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula III-3 to form a secondary alcohol, which upon dehydration, forms an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester. For example, in some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon Reformatsky reagent:
- wherein X is halo, such as Cl, Br or I, and R30a is an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl). In preferred embodiments, the ester group of the olefin forming reagent (e.g., R30a in either of the phosphonate or the Reformatsky reagent) is the same as COOR30 and R30 is not H. However, in some embodiments, R30a is different from R30, for example, when R30 is H. In such embodiments, the method can optionally further include converting the —CO2R30a in Formula III-4a into —CO2R30 in Formula III-4
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-4 into the compound of Formula III-5. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-4 with H2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst and subsequently removing the hydroxyl protecting groups. In some embodiments, the method comprises removing the hydroxyl protecting groups in Formula III-4 to provide a triol analog and subsequently hydrogenating the deprotected triol analog with H2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst.
- As the olefin double bonds in Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4 are hydrogenated during the above transformation to form the triol of Formula III-5, the geometric isomers of the compounds of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4 can also be used. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a geometric isomer of the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a mixture of the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4, and its geometric isomers.
- Various methods for hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4 can be used. Preferably, the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-4 or the triol analog of Formula III-4 with H2 in the presence of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO2, Rh, or Ru. In some embodiments, the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C. The hydrogenation can be conducted at various H2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula III-4 is converted into Formula III-5a by a process comprising hydrogenation, deprotection, and ester hydrolysis, regardless of sequence:
- In such embodiments, the method comprises converting Formula III-5a into cholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, for example, according to the reaction sequence in Scheme 5a:
- Suitable conditions for the transformations in Scheme 5a include those described herein, for example, in the Examples section.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of oxidizing the compound of Formula III-5 into the compound of Formula III-6. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the triol of Formula III-5 with a suitable oxidizing agent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, Jones reagent (a solution of chromium trioxide in dilute sulfuric acid); PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate), etc. In a preferred embodiment, the oxidizing agent is Jones reagent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent. Various Swern oxidation reagent systems are known. For example, a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et3N). Other exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one).
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to the method of converting the compound of Formula III-6 into the compound of Formula III-7, for example, using a ketone reducing agent. In some embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH4, NaCNBH3, etc.) or a trialkoxyaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride). In preferred embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu)3).
- When R30 is not hydrogen, for example, when R30 is a C1-6 alkyl, then to synthesize cholic acid, the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula III-7. Thus, in some embodiments, when R30 is not hydrogen, the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula III-7. Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art. For example, the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula III-7 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I− mediated) hydrolysis conditions. In preferred embodiments, the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula III-7 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- In some embodiments, an ester of cholic acid, e.g., the compound of Formula III-7 wherein R30 is an optionally substituted alkyl, is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of cholic acid. In such embodiments, the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-f) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO2R30) occurs under the respective reaction conditions. However, if desired, the esters of cholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of cholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- In some embodiments, a salt of cholic acid is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid. Thus, in some embodiments, the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of cholic acid, for example, by reacting cholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- The compound of Formula III-1 or geometric isomer thereof used in the methods described hereinabove can be prepared via different methods. For example, in some embodiments, the compound of Formula III-1 or geometric isomer thereof can be synthesized from reacting a compound of Formula III-8 with an olefin forming reagent:
- wherein R31 is H or Pg10; R32 is H or Pg11; and R33 is H or Pg12; provided that when one or more of R31, R32 and R33 are H, then a protecting step is carried out after reacting the compound of Formula III-8 with the olefin forming reagent. However, in some embodiments, when one or more of R31, R32 and R33 are H, the protecting step can also be carried out first before reacting with the olefin forming reagent. Various olefin forming reagents are suitable for the transformation. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can be a phosphorous ylide. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can be ethylenetriphenylphosphorane or its precursor ethyltriphenylphosphonium salt. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent), wherein the 17-ketone of Formula III-8 can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is then followed by dehydration.
- In some embodiments, R31, R32 and R33 are all H (a compound of Formula III-8a) and the protecting step can be carried out before or after reacting with the olefin forming reagent:
- The compound of Formula III-8a can also be served as starting material for the synthesis of the compound of Formula III-8, where at least one of R31, R32 and R33 are not H. For example, in some embodiments, R31, R32 and R33 are each acetyl, the compound of Formula III-8 can be prepared by reacting the compound of Formula III-8a with a suitable acetyl donor (e.g., acetic anhydride).
- In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula III-8a can be prepared by the methods described herein, e.g., Method 3A below. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula III-8a can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities.
- Method 3A: Synthesis of the Compound of Formula III-8a from DHEA via 3,7-deoxygenated Steroids
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of preparing a compound of Formula III-8a. In some embodiments, the method comprises obtaining the compound of Formula III-8a from DHEA as exemplified in Scheme 6:
- wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, and R34 is C1-6 alkyl.
- In some embodiments, the method comprises:
- a) oxidizing dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) into a compound of Formula III-9
- b) reacting the compound of Formula III-9 with an epoxide forming reagent to form an epoxide of Formula III-10
- c) reducing the epoxide of Formula III-10 under hydrogenation condition to form a diketone of Formula III-11
- d) contacting the diketone of Formula III-11 with a ketone reducing agent to form a compound of Formula III-12
- e) reacting the compound of Formula III-12 with an amine to form an imine of Formula III-13
- wherein n is 0, 1 or 2, and R34 is C1-6 alkyl; and
- f) oxidizing the imine of Formula III-13 with O2 in the presence of a copper salt to form the compound of Formula III-8a.
- Various conditions are suitable for the transformations described in
scheme 6 or a)-f) above, which are exemplified in the embodiments below and in the Examples section. Other useful conditions and details include those known in the art for analogous transformations. - For example, DHEA can be converted into the compound of Formula III-9 through oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidation can be carried out with a benzoquinone based oxidizing agent (e.g., DDQ or chloranil) and an amine oxide (e.g., TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl)oxidanyl)).
- The compound of Formula III-9 can be converted into the compound of Formula III-10 using an epoxide forming reagent. In some embodiments, the epoxide forming reagent is a peroxycarboxylic acid. In some embodiments, the epoxide forming reagent is meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid. Other suitable epoxide forming reagents include those known in the art that can selectively produce an epoxide at the 6,7 positions with the olefin at the 4,5 positions intact.
- In some embodiments, conversion of the compound of Formula III-10 into the compound of Formula III-11 can be achieved through a hydrogenation reaction. For example, in some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula III-10 with H2 under the catalysis of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO2, Rh, or Ru. In some embodiments, the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C. The hydrogenation can be conducted at various H2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- In some embodiments, conversion of the compound of Formula III-11 into the compound of Formula III-12 can be achieved through a reduction reaction. Various ketone reducing agents can be used to effect this transformation. In some embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is a borohydride (such as NaBH4, NaCNBH3, etc.) or a trialkoxyaluminum hydride (e.g., tri-isopropoxyaluminum hydride, tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride). In preferred embodiments, the ketone reducing agent is lithium tri-tert-butoxyaluminum hydride (LiAlH(O-tBu)3).
- In some embodiments, the 3,7-dihydroxy compound of Formula III-12 can be converted into the imine of Formula III-13 with a corresponding amine. Various imines of Formula III-13 are suitable for the methods described herein. In some embodiments, the pyridine ring in Formula III-13 is unsubstituted, i.e., n is 0. In some embodiments, the pyridine ring in Formula III-13 is substituted by one or two C1-6 alkyl groups. For example, in some embodiments, the pyridine ring in Formula III-13 is substituted at the 4′-position by a methyl group. The imine formation is generally catalyzed by an acid, for example, para-toluenesulfonic acid.
- Suitable copper salt for the transformation of the compound of Formula III-13 into the compound of Formula III-8a includes any of those known in the art for analogous transformations. In some embodiments, the copper salt is a copper (II) salt such as Cu(OTf)2. In some embodiments, the copper salt is a copper (I) salt such as Cu(MeCN)4PF6.
- The reduction of the compound of Formula III-11, the imine formation of the compound of Formula III-12, and the copper mediated oxidation of the imine of Formula III-13 do not require the hydroxyl group to be protected or to be a free hydroxyl group. Thus, in some embodiments, one or more of Formula III-11, Formula III-12, and Formula III-13 can be protected and used for the synthesis of either the compound of Formula III-8a or Formula III-8, with appropriate protection or deprotection depending on the target product. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of preparing a compound of Formula III-8 according to scheme 7, wherein R31, R32, R33, and R34 are as described hereinabove:
- The transformations described in
scheme 7 are similar to those described inScheme 6, except that R33 in Formula III-11a, Formula III-12a, and Formula III-13a, and R31 in Formula III-12a, and Formula III-13a, can be hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group as described herein. - Method 4: Synthesis of Chenodeoxycholic Acid from 3,7-deoxygenated Steroids
- Chenodeoxycholic acid (CDCA) contains two hydroxyl groups at the 3,7-positions, which can be prepared by an intermediate such as a compound of Formula III-12 or a hydroxyl-protected derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the present disclosure is directed to a method of preparing chenodeoxycholic acid, an ester thereof, or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof from a 3,7-deoxygenated steroid. In some embodiments, the method comprises a reaction sequence according to Scheme 8, wherein Pg20 and Pg21 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group and R40 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group:
- In some embodiments, the method comprises:
- a) reacting a compound of Formula IV-1, or a geometric isomer thereof, with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid to form a compound of Formula IV-2
- wherein Pg20 and Pg21 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group;
b) oxidizing the compound of Formula IV-2 to provide an aldehyde of Formula IV-3 - c) reacting the aldehyde of Formula IV-3 with an olefin forming reagent to form a compound of Formula IV-4, or a geometric isomer thereof,
- wherein R40 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl group;
d) hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4 with H2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst and subsequently removing the hydroxyl protecting groups, or removing the hydroxyl protecting groups of Formula IV-4 and subsequently hydrogenating the deprotected compound with H2 gas in the presence of a metal catalyst, to provide a diol of Formula IV-5 - e) optionally, when R40 is not H in Formula IV-5, hydrolyzing the compound of Formula IV-5 into chenodeoxycholic acid.
- Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups for Pg20 and Pg21 include any of those known in the art, for example, those described herein. In some embodiments, Pg20 and Pg21 are the same. In some embodiments, Pg20 and Pg21 are different. In preferred embodiments, both Pg20 and Pg21 are hydroxyl protecting group that forms an ester with the hydroxyl group, for example, both Pg20 and Pg21 are acetyl.
- In some embodiments, R40 is hydrogen. However, for ease of purification, in preferred embodiments, R40 is a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). In some embodiments, R40 can also be an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl). For example, R40 can be an alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3 (e.g., 1, 2, or 3) substituents, wherein the 1-3 substituents are independently a C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C3-6 carbocyclyl, 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl, phenyl, a substituted phenyl (e.g., para-methoxyphenyl), hydroxyl, C1-6 alkoxy (e.g., a methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), halogen (e.g., F or Cl), or amino optionally substituted by one or two groups independently selected from C1-6 alkyl. In preferred embodiments, R40 is a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl). R40 group in Formulae IV-4 and IV-5 can be the same or different. In some embodiments, R40 group in Formulae IV-4 and IV-5 can be the same, e.g., as a C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl).
- Various conditions for effecting the transformations in
Scheme 8 and a), b), c), d) and e) inMethod 4 can be used, which are exemplified in the embodiments below and in the Examples section. Other useful conditions and details include those known in the art for analogous transformations. - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula IV-1 into the compound of Formula IV-2. In some embodiments, the conversion comprises reacting a compound of Formula IV-1 or a geometric isomer thereof, with formaldehyde or paraformaldehyde in the presence of a Lewis acid. Various Lewis acids can be used for this transformation, for example, boron or aluminum based Lewis acids can be used. In some embodiments, the Lewis acid comprises BF3. Other suitable Lewis acids include those known in the art that can facilitate an analogous reaction of an olefin with an aldehyde to provide an alcohol.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of oxidizing the compound of Formula IV-2 into the compound of Formula IV-3 by using an oxidizing agent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Chromium trioxide or chromate based oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a Swern oxidation or variations thereof. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises a hypervalent iodine mediated oxidation. In some embodiments, the oxidizing comprises contacting the compound of Formula IV-2 with a suitable oxidizing agent. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Chromium based oxidizing agent, for example, PCC (pyridinium chlorochromate). In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent is a Swern oxidation reagent. Various Swern oxidation reagent systems are known. For example, a typical Swern oxidation can include using a DMSO/oxalyl chloride based system, in which DMSO first reacts with oxalyl chloride to generate a chloro(dimethyl)sulfonium chloride, which then converts an alcohol into an aldehyde or ketone group in the presence of an organic base (e.g., Et3N). Other exemplary useful oxidizing agents include reagents for Swern oxidation or variations thereof, which use cyanuric chloride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, carbodiimides, pyridine-sulfur trioxide complex to active DMSO, or use dimethyl sulfide and N-chlorosuccinimide to generate the chlorosulfonium active species. In some embodiments, the oxidizing agent can be 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (IBX) or Dess-Martin periodinane (1,1,1-Triacetoxy-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3(1H)-one). Preferably, the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs.
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula IV-3 into the compound of Formula IV-4 by using an olefin forming reagent. Various olefin forming reagents are suitable for this transformation. Preferably, the reaction and work-up conditions are controlled such that no or minimal epimerization at the C20 position occurs. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a phosphonate substituted acetate:
- wherein G40 at each occurrence and R40a are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl). The phosphonate substituted acetate can be deprotonated to form a phosphonate-stabilized carbanion, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula IV-3 to form an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent is ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent is a phosphorus ylide (e.g., triphenylcarbethoxymethylenephosphorane) or its precursor. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can comprise an organometallic reagent, such as an organozinc reagent, which reacts with the aldehyde group in Formula IV-3 to form a secondary alcohol, which upon dehydration, forms an alpha-beta-unsaturated ester. For example, in some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon Reformatsky reagent:
- wherein X is halo, such as Cl, Br or I, and R40a is an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., an optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, e.g., ethyl). In preferred embodiments, the ester group of the olefin forming reagent (e.g., R40a in either of the phosphonate or the Reformatsky reagent) is the same as COOR40 and R40 is not H. However, in some embodiments, R40a is different from R40, for example, when R40 is H. In such embodiments, the method can optionally further include converting the —CO2R40a in Formula IV-4a into —CO2R40 in Formula IV-4
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a method of converting the compound of Formula IV-4 into the compound of Formula IV-5. In some embodiments, the diol of Formula IV-5 is synthesized by hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4 followed by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups. In some embodiments, the diol of Formula IV-5 is synthesized by removing the hydroxyl protecting groups of the compound of Formula IV-4 followed by hydrogenation of the double bonds. As the olefin double bonds in Formula IV-4 are hydrogenated during the above transformation to form the diol of Formula IV-5, the geometric isomers of the compounds of Formula IV-4 can also be used. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a geometric isomer of the compound of Formula IV-4. In some embodiments, the method comprises hydrogenating a mixture of the compound of Formula IV-4, and its geometric isomers.
- Various methods for hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4 can be used. Preferably, the method comprises hydrogenating the compound of Formula IV-4 with H2 in the presence of a heterogeneous catalyst, for example, a heterogeneous metal catalyst comprising Pd, Ni, Pt, PtO2, Rh, or Ru. In some embodiments, the heterogeneous metal catalyst is Pd/C. The hydrogenation can be conducted at various H2 pressures. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of at or near 1 atm. In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of greater than 1 atm (e.g., about 2 atms, about 3 atms, about 5 atms, about 10 atms, about 15 atms, or any ranges between the recited values). In some embodiments, the hydrogenation is conducted at a hydrogen pressure of about 15 psi to about 100 psi (e.g., about 50 psi).
- Various methods can be used for the synthesis of the compound of Formula IV-1 or a geometric isomer thereof. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula IV-1 or a geometric isomer thereof is obtained from reacting a compound of Formula IV-6 with an olefin forming reagent
- wherein R41 is H or Pg20; R42 is H or Pg21;
provided that when one or both of R41 and R42 are H, then a protecting step is followed after reacting the compound of Formula IV-6 with the olefin forming reagent. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can be a phosphorous ylide. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent can be ethylenetriphenylphosphorane or its precursor ethyltriphenylphosphonium salt. In some embodiments, the olefin forming reagent comprises a two-carbon organometallic reagent (e.g., an organozinc reagent), wherein the 17-ketone of Formula IV-6 can be converted into an olefin by first forming an alcoholic intermediate with the organometallic reagent, which is then followed by dehydration. - When R40 is not hydrogen, for example, when R40 is a C1-6 alkyl, then to synthesize chenodeoxycholic acid, the method further comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula IV-5. Thus, in some embodiments, when R40 is not hydrogen, the method comprises hydrolyzing the compound of Formula IV-5. Suitable hydrolyzing conditions include those known in the art. For example, the hydrolysis can be effected by reacting the compound of Formula IV-5 under acid-mediated (e.g., BF3 mediated), base-mediated (e.g., using an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH)), or nucleophile-mediated (e.g., I− mediated) hydrolysis conditions. In preferred embodiments, the hydrolysis comprises contacting the compound of Formula IV-5 with an alkali metal hydroxide (e.g., NaOH or LiOH).
- In some embodiments, an ester of chenodeoxycholic acid, e.g., the compound of Formula IV-5, wherein R40 is an optionally substituted alkyl, is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable ester of chenodeoxycholic acid. In such embodiments, the preferred reaction conditions for sequences a)-d) are those that no or minimal hydrolysis of the ester (i.e., —CO2R40) occurs under the respective reaction conditions. However, if desired, the esters of chenodeoxycholic acid can also be prepared by esterification of chenodeoxycholic acid with a desired alcohol.
- In some embodiments, a salt of chenodeoxycholic acid is the desired product. For example, in some embodiments, the method is directed to the synthesis of a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of chenodeoxycholic acid. Thus, in some embodiments, the method comprises forming a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt of chenodeoxycholic acid, for example, by reacting chenodeoxycholic acid with a suitable base, e.g., metal or ammonium hydroxide (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, or tetraalkylammonium hydroxide).
- Compounds of Formula IV-6 can be readily available from either Formula III-11 or Formula III-12. For example, when both R41 and R42 are H, Formula IV-6 is the same as Formula III-12. When both R41 and R42 are the same hydroxyl protecting group, a double protection of Formula III-12 with an appropriate protecting group can provide the compound of Formula IV-6. Further, when R41 and R42 are different, the compound of Formula IV-6 can be provided through the compound of Formula III-11 by using a combination of protection/deprotection and reduction steps, so as to differentiate the two 3- and 7-hydroxyl groups regardless of their intrinsic reactivity.
- In any of the embodiments described herein for
Method 4, the compound of Formula IV-6 can be prepared from the compound of Formula III-11 or Formula III-12, which in turn can be prepared by any of the methods described herein, e.g.,Method 3. In any of the embodiments described herein, the compound of Formula III-11 or Formula III-12 can also be a synthetic material free of any animal derived impurities. - Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. Suitable protecting groups for various functional groups as well as suitable conditions for protecting and deprotecting particular functional groups are well known in the art. For example, numerous protecting groups are described in “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, 4th ed. P. G. M. Wuts; T. W. Greene, John Wiley, 2007, and references cited therein. The reagents for the reactions described herein are generally known compounds or can be prepared by known procedures or obvious modifications thereof. For example, many of the reagents are available from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wis., USA), Bachem (Torrance, Calif., USA), Emka-Chem or Sigma (St. Louis, Mo., USA). Others may be prepared by procedures, or obvious modifications thereof, described in standard reference texts such as Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-15 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplemental (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989), Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, (Wiley, 7th Edition), and Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (Wiley-VCH, 1999).
- Novel Synthetic Intermediates from
Methods - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to useful novel synthetic intermediates, for example, for the preparation of cholic acid and/or chenodeoxycholic acid. In some embodiments, the synthetic intermediate is a compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4, or a geometric isomer thereof, or a salt thereof:
- wherein each of R50, R51, and R52 is independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R53 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl.
- R50, R51, and R52 in each of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, and Formula V-4 can be independently selected. In some embodiments, R50, R51, and R52 are each H. In some embodiments, R50, R51, and R52 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein). In some embodiments, R50, R51, and R52 are the same hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, at least two of R50, R51, and R52 are the same hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, at least two of R50, R51, and R52 are different. For example, one of R50, R51, and R52 can be hydrogen and the other two of R50, R51, and R52 can be the same or different hydroxyl protecting group. Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups include any of those described herein. In some embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is acetyl.
- Some embodiments are directed to the compound of Formula V-3, a geometric isomer thereof, or a salt thereof. R50, R51, and R52 in Formula V-3 are described hereinabove. In some embodiments, R53 is H. In some embodiments, R53 is an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl). In some embodiments, R53 is methyl. In some embodiments, R53 is ethyl.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is isolated. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight). In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-1, Formula V-2, Formula V-3, or Formula V-4 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- In some embodiments, the synthetic intermediate is a compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, or Formula V-7, or a compound of Formula V-8 or a geometric isomer or a salt thereof:
- wherein each of R54 and R55 is independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R56 is H or an optionally substituted alkyl, provided that when R54 and R55 are both acetyl, then R56 is not methyl.
- R54 and R55 in each of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, and Formula V-8 can be independently selected. In some embodiments, R54 and R55 are each H. In some embodiments, R54 and R55 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein). In some embodiments, R54 and R55 are the same hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, R54 and R55 are different. For example, one of R54 and R55 can be hydrogen and the other of R54 and R55 can be a hydroxyl protecting group. Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups include any of those described herein. In some embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is acetyl.
- Some embodiments are directed to the compound of Formula V-8, a geometric isomer thereof, or a salt thereof. R54, R55, and R56 in Formula V-8 are described hereinabove. In some embodiments, R56 is H. In some embodiments, R56 is an optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl), provided that when R54 and R55 are both acetyl, then R56 is not methyl. In some embodiments, R56 is ethyl.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is isolated. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight). In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula V-5, Formula V-6, Formula V-7, or Formula V-8 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers and/or geometric isomer.
- In some embodiments, the synthetic intermediate is a compound having a structure of
- wherein R31, R32 and R33 are each independently H or a hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, R31, R32, and R33 are each H. In some embodiments, R31, R32, and R33 are each independently a hydroxyl protecting group (e.g., as described herein). In some embodiments, R31, R32, and R33 are the same hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, at least two of R31, R32, and R33 are the same hydroxyl protecting group. In some embodiments, at least two of R31, R32, and R33 are different. For example, one of R31, R32, and R33 can be hydrogen and the other two of R31, R32, and R33 can be the same or different hydroxyl protecting group. Suitable hydroxyl protecting groups for Formula III-8 include any of those described herein. In some embodiments, the hydroxyl protecting group is acetyl.
- In some embodiments, the compound of Formula III-8 is isolated. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight). In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, about 98% pure by weight, or any ranges between the specified values. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is substantially free (e.g., less than 5%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, or less than 0.1% by weight) of other diastereomers. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 has about 5%, about 3%, about 2%, about 1%, about 0.5%, about 0.1% by weight, or any ranges between the specified values, of other diastereomers. In some embodiments, the isolated compound of Formula III-8 is free of (i.e., non-detectable using current analytical tools) other diastereomers.
- Pharmaceutical or Cosmetic Compositions
- Certain embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to pharmaceutical or cosmetic compositions comprising one or more of CA, DCA, CDCA and their esters and salts, which are free of animal derived impurities.
- In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a high purity cholic acid composition herein, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the cholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof has at least a purity of 99% by weight, for example, 99.2%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or greater than 99.9% by weight. In any of the embodiments described herein, the cholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition further comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) chenodeoxycholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof. In any of the embodiments described herein, the chenodeoxycholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition further comprises an effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) deoxycholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof. In any of the embodiments described herein, the deoxycholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can also be characterized by being free of any animal derived impurities.
- The high purity cholic acid can be obtained, for example, by the synthetic methods provided herein. In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides a high purity cholic acid composition. Typically, the high purity cholic acid composition herein comprises cholic acid or a salt thereof, along with one or more process impurities. For example, in some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises, consists essentially of, or consists of, cholic acid or a salt thereof, and one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or all) compounds selected from Compounds 32-35 (see Example 6) or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition can comprise any one of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof, any two of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof, any three of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof, or all of Compounds 32-35, or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, the total amount of Compounds 32-35 and salts thereof, as applicable, is less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, when the purity level is recited as weight percentage, the respective compound and all of its salt forms are considered, and the equivalent weight of the free acid form is then used for the weight percentage calculation. For example, when it is said that the weight percentage of Compound 32 and salt is less than 1% of the cholic acid and salt thereof, it should be understood that the equivalent weight of Compound 32 as free acid, after considering all salt forms of Compound 32 that may be present in the composition, is less than 1% by weight of cholic acid, also expressed as equivalent weight of the free acid, after considering all salt forms of cholic acid that may be present in the composition. Methods for determining purity of a composition are known to those skilled in the art. For example, the purity of the cholic acid composition herein can be analyzed based on weight, HPLC area, or both. Those skilled in the art would know how to validate an analytical method in determining such purity level. In any of the embodiments described herein, the purity of the cholic acid composition herein can be based on weight percentages.
- Each of Compounds 32-35 or a salt thereof, if present in the high purity cholic acid composition, should be preferably less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. For example, in some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 32, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 33, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 34, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%) by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises Compound 35, or a salt thereof, in an amount of less than 5% (e.g., less than 5%, less than 4%, less than 3%, less than 2%, less than 1%, less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), more preferably, less than 2%, or less than 1% (e.g., less than 0.5%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.1%), by weight and/or by HPLC area of the cholic acid and salt thereof. In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises cholic acid or salt thereof with a purity of at least 95% (e.g., at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%). In some embodiments, the high purity cholic acid composition comprises cholic acid or salt thereof with a purity of at least 99% by weight and/or HPLC area, for example, 99.2%, 99.5%, 99.9%, or greater than 99.9% by weight, by HPLC area, or both.
- The levels of Compounds 32-35 in a high purity cholic acid composition herein can be controlled. For example, when needed, further purification of a cholic acid composition herein can be made to reduce the level of (or even eliminate) one or more of Compounds 32-35. For example, as shown in
FIG. 2 , these impurities can be readily separated by HPLC, which has baseline separation inFIG. 2 . See also Example 6, where each of Compounds 32-35 were isolated by reverse phase HPLC and characterized and identified. Although typically not desired, the level of one or more of Compounds 32-35 can also be increased by adding the respective substantially pure (e.g., at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% pure by weight) Compounds 32-35 to the high purity cholic acid composition. Compounds 32-35 are themselves also useful, for example, they can be useful in quality control for cholic acid manufacturing, in identifying sources of cholic acid, or identifying potential synthetic pathways to such cholic acid. - The pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising cholic acid or a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof can be formulated in various forms with suitable excipient(s). Suitable excipients can be any solid, liquid, semi-solid or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous excipient that is generally available to one of skill in the art. Solid excipients include starch, cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like. Examples of liquid and semisolid excipients can include glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc. Examples of liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions, include water, saline, aqueous dextrose, and glycols.
- In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition is preferably an aqueous solution, e.g., suitable for subcutaneous injection. In some embodiments, the aqueous solution comprises: (i) high purity cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof; e.g., a high purity cholic acid composition described herein; and (ii) a pharmaceutical, veterinary, or cosmetic excipient. In some embodiments, the solution can further comprise a second therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of: anti-microbial agents, vasoconstrictors, anti-thrombotic agents, anti-coagulation agents, suds-depressants, anti-inflammatory agents, analgesics, dispersion agents, anti-dispersion agents, penetration enhancers, steroids, tranquilizers, muscle relaxants, and anti-diarrhea agents. In some embodiments, a solution is in a container that contains up to 500 mL of solution. Such container can be a syringe or syringe-loadable container.
- Non-limiting exemplary methods for formulating the cholic acid or pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof include those described in WO 2015/198150, titled “Methods and Compositions of Bile Acids and Salts for Reduction of Fat,” the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- Method of Use
- Cholic acid, deoxycholic acid, and chenodeoxycholic acid are known to have medical and/or cosmetic uses. For example, WO 2015/198150 describes the use of cholate and/or chenodeoxycholate to reduce subcutaneous fat accumulations in a mammal by local administration to a target site. WO 2015/198150 also describes that cholate and/or chenodeoxycholate compositions can be used for dissolving lipomas, fat, mesotherapy, separating tissue, tumor reduction, cancer reduction, cancer treatment, and any other clinical situation where one might want to use loosen, remove, assist the body consumption or resolution of wax, lipids, proteins, or carbohydrates from a part or region of the body. For example, in the treatment of lipomas, the cholate and/or chenodeoxycholate compositions can be injected subcutaneously in contact with the lipomas to lyse the lipomas. Methods of using deoxycholic acid are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,622,130, and U.S. Application Publication Nos. 2005-0267080 A1 and 2006-0127468 A1, etc.
- The CA, DCA, CDCA, and their esters and salts described herein can also be used for any of the known medical and/or cosmetic uses. In some embodiments, the present disclosure also provides a method for non-surgical removal of a localized fat deposit in a subject. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the pharmaceutical or cosmetic compositions described hereinabove, for example, a pharmaceutical or cosmetic composition comprising a fat-lysing effective amount of high purity (e.g., a purity of at least 98%, at least 99%, at least 99.5%, or at least 99.9% by weight) cholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable salt thereof, or a combination thereof, e.g., a high purity cholic acid composition described herein, and a pharmaceutically or cosmetically acceptable excipient.
- The various starting materials, intermediates, and compounds of the preferred embodiments can be isolated and purified where appropriate using conventional techniques such as precipitation, filtration, crystallization, evaporation, distillation, and chromatography. Characterization of these compounds can be performed using conventional methods such as by melting point, mass spectrum, nuclear magnetic resonance, and various other spectroscopic analyses. Exemplary embodiments of steps for performing the synthesis of products described herein are described in greater detail infra. Table 1 describes abbreviations used to express various compounds/moieties/apparatus/procedure/property in the exemplary reaction schemes and synthetic routes described in the following examples and throughout the specification.
-
TABLE 1 List of Abbreviations Ac Acetyl Ac-DHEA Acetyl-dehydroepiandrosterone CA Cholic acid CDCA Chenodeoxycholic acid Cu(OTf)2 Copper triflate DCA Deoxycholic acid DCM Dichloromethane DDQ Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone DHEA Dehydroepiandrosterone DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine DMF N,N-dimethylformamide DMSO Dimethyl sulfoxide EDTA Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid Et ethyl Et3N triethylamine EtOAc/EA ethyl acetate EtOH ethanol Eq/equiv equivalent g(s) gram(s) h/hr(s) hour(s) HPLC High pressure liquid chromatography 1H NMR Proton nuclear magnetic resonance mCPBA/MCPBA 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid Me methyl MeOH methanol mL milliliter(s) mg milligram(s) mol mole(s) mmol millimole(s) min(s) minute(s) NaH Sodium hydride NCS N-chlorosuccinimide NBS N-bromosuccinimide PE petroleum ether PTSA/p-TsOH Para-toluenesulfonic acid Py pyridine pre-TLC/prep-TLC Preparative thin layer chromatography rt Room tempreture TEA triethylamine TEMPO (2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yl)oxidanyl THF tetrahydrofuran TLC Thin layer chromatography μL/uL microliter μmol/umol micromole(s) -
-
Step 1 - To a flask was added DHEA (50.00 g, 173.36 mmol, 1.00 eq) and DCM (1.00 L) at 15° C. Then, it was cooled to 0° C., TEMPO (2.73 g, 17.34 mmol, 0.10 eq) was added, and DDQ (86.58 g, 381.39 mmol, and 2.20 eq) was added in portions at 0° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25° C. and stirred at 25° C. for 48 hrs, TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with saturated Na2SO3 (100 mL*2) and brine (200 mL*2). The combined organic phase was dried with anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=50/1 to 10/1) to afford Compound 1 (39.0 g, 135.35 mmol, 78.08% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3); δ=6.21 (s, 2H), 5.78-5.71 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.92 (td, J=3.1, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 1.80-1.69 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.39-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 3H).
-
Step 2 - To a solution of compound 1(39.00 g, 137.14 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (400.00 mL) was drop-wise added m-CPBA (61.25 g, 301.71 mmol, 87% purity, 2.20 eq) which dissolved in DCM (50.00 mL) to the reaction at 5° C. The resulting solution was stirred at 5° C. for 24h, TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely, and one new main spot was formed. Then the reaction was filtered and the filtrate was washed with saturated Na2SO3 solution (200 mL) at 25° C. for 0.5h. The organic phase was separated and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=20/1 to 5/1) to afford Compound 2 (16.12 g, 51.79 mmol, 37.76% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=6.16 (s, 1H), 3.55 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.48 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.63-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.30-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.14 (m, 1H), 1.98 (ddd, J=2.3, 5.3, 13.2 Hz, 2H), 1.91-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.72 (m, 4H), 1.43-1.33 (m, 3H), 1.30-1.25 (m, 2H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 0.97 (s, 3H).
-
Step 3 - To a solution of compound 2 (16.12 g, 53.66 mmol, 1.00 eq) in Py (160.00 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 1.70 g) under N2 protection at 25° C. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The reaction was stirred (50 psi) at 25° C. for 12 hours under H2 atmosphere, TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely and one new main spot was formed. The reaction mixture was filtered with celite, the filtrate was washed with 5% HCl (100 mL) and extracted with EA (150 mL). The organic phase was separated and concentrated in vacuum to give 16.34 g of
crude compound 3 as light yellow solid. -
Step 4 - To a solution of compound 3 (16.34 g, 53.68 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (150.00 mL) was drop-wise added LiAlH(t-BuO)3 (16.99 g, 67.10 mmol, 18.88 mL, 1.25 eq) which was dissolved in THF (30.00 mL) at 5° C., The resulting solution was stirred at 5° C. for 0.5 hr. TLC showed one main spot was formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by 5% HCl (50 ml), extracted with EA (50 ml*2), the organic phase was separated and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE/EA=5:1 to 2:1) to afford Compound 4 (6.20 g, 35.62% yield) as colorless oil.
- Step 5
- To a mixture of compound 4 (6.00 g, 19.58 mmol, 1.00 eq) and 2-pyridylmethanamine (10.59 g, 97.90 mmol, 9.99 mL, 5.00 eq) in toluene (50.00 mL) was added PTSA (101.15 mg, 0.58 mmol, 0.03 eq) at 25° C., the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hrs with Dean-Stark apparatus. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with EA (100 ml), washed with saturated NaHCO3 (20 ml) and water (50 ml). The organic phase was separated and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was triturated by EA (10 ml) at 25° C. to afford Compound 5 (4.12 g, 10.13 mmol, 51.73% yield, and 96.5% purity) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.45 (br d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.34 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 1H), 4.61-4.47 (m, 2H), 3.91 (br s, 1H), 3.47-3.36 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.36 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.68-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.25 (m, 5H), 1.20-1.11 (m, 2H), 0.98-0.93 (m, 1H), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.83 (s, 3H).
-
Step 6 - To a solution of compound 5 (2.00 g, 5.04 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetone (10.00 mL) and MeOH (10.00 mL) was added sodium ascorbate (2.00 g, 10.09 mmol, 2.0 eq) and Cu(MeCN)4PF6 (2.63 g, 7.06 mmol, 1.40 eq) in sequence at 25° C. After stirred at 25° C. for 5 mins, oxygen (15 psi) was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 10 mins. Then the reaction was heated to 50° C. and stirred at 50° C. for 2 hrs under O2 atmosphere. TLC showed one new main spot was formed. After cooled to 25° C., EA (100 mL) and saturated EDTA-Na4 (50 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 mins. The organic phase was separated and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=3/1 to 1/2) to afford Compound 6 (0.25 g, 0.75 mmol, 14.95% yield) as light yellow solid.
-
Step 7 - EtPPh3Br (2.41 g, 6.50 mmol, 5.00 eq) in a flask was dried under high vacuum for 1 hr at 70° C. Dry THF (3.00 mL) was added, followed by adding t-BuOK (0.73 g, 6.50 mmol, 5.00 eq) under N2. The entire mixture was still stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr under N2. The solution of Compound 6 (0.42 g, 1.30 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dry THF (2.00 mL) was added to the reaction at 70° C., the reaction was stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was all consumed and one new main spot was formed. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was diluted by EA (40 mL), quenched by saturated NaCl solution (10 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with EA (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuum to give 0.48 g as light yellow oil.
- The obtained yellow oil (0.48 g, 1.45 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved in DCM (5.00 mL) at 25° C., followed by adding Ac2O (621.97 mg, 6.05 mmol, 570.62 uL, 4.2 eq), Et3N (0.88 g, 8.70 mmol, 1.21 mL, 6.00 eq) and DMAP (35.44 mg, 290.11 umol, 0.20 eq) at 25° C. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 7 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely and one new main spot was formed. The reaction was diluted with EA (50 ml), washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered, the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=50/1 to 20/1) to give Compound 7(0.18 g, 0.38 mmol, 26.28% yield) as colorless oil.
-
Step 8 - To a 50 ml flask was added compound 7 (50.00 mg, 108.55 umol, 1.00 eq) and DCM (5.00 mL). The reaction was cooled to 0° C.; paraformaldehyde (48.89 mg, 542.77 umol, 5.00 eq) was added to the reaction at 0° C., followed by adding BF3.Et2O (1.54 mg, 10.86 umol, 1.34 uL, 0.10 eq) to the reaction at 0° C. The reaction was warmed to 15° C., and stirred at 15° C. for 2 hrs. TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was diluted with DCM (50 ml), and quenched by water (30 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by pre-TLC (PE/EA=1/1) to give colorless oil residue (40 mg).
- To a 10 ml tube was added (COCl)2 (61.84 mg, 487.18 umol, 42.65 uL, 2.40 eq) and DCM (6.00 mL). The mixture was cooled to −78° C. DMSO (63.44 mg, 811.96 umol, 63.44 uL, 4.00 eq) was added drop-wise to the reaction mixture at −78° C. After addition, the reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 0.5 hrs. The colorless oil residue which previous prepared (two batches, 100 mg) was added to the reaction at −78° C. It was stirred at −78 for 0.5 hrs. TEA (205.41 mg, 2.03 mmol, 281.38 uL, 10.00 eq) was added drop-wise at −78° C. After addition, the reaction was warmed to 15° C., and it was stirred at 15° C. for 0.5 hr. TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was diluted with DCM (50 ml), and quenched by water (30 ml). The separated organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by pre-TLC to give compound 8 (50 mg, 50% yield).
-
Step 9 - To a 10 ml tube was added NaH (32.75 mg, 818.64 umol, 60% purity, 4.00 eq) and THF (2.00 mL), followed by adding ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate (229.41 mg, 1.02 mmol, 203.02 uL, 5.00 eq) to the flask at 15° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 15° C. for 10 mins. Compound 8 (100.00 mg, 204.66 umol, 1.00 eq) was added to the flask at 15° C., and it was stirred at 15° C. for 0.5 hr, TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was quenched by water (5 ml), and extracted with DCM (2*30 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by pre-TLC to give compound 9 (100 mg, 87.46% yield) as colorless oil. Mass (m/z): 581.4 (M++23).
-
Step 10 - To a 35 ml pressure tube was added compound 9 (100.00 mg, 178.99 umol, 1.00 eq), EtOH (4.00 mL) and Pd/C (10.00 mg) at 25° C. The mixture was purged with H2 gas (50 psi) and stirred at 25° C. for 4 hrs. TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The resulting mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give compound 10 (60 mg, crude) as colorless oil. Mass (m/z): 585.4 (M++23).
-
Step 11 - To a solution of compound 10 (60.00 mg, 106.62 umol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (4.00 mL) was added NaOH (51.18 mg, 1.28 mmol, 12.00 eq) at 25° C. After that, the reaction was heated to 60° C., and it was stirred at 60° C. for 2 hrs. TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was cooled to rt, concentrated in vacuo to remove solvent, the resulting residue was dissolved in water (5 ml), acidized by HCl to PH=3. The resulting aqueous layer was extracted with EA (3*15 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give compound 10 (70 mg, crude) as white solid. Mass (m/z): 431.1 (M++23), 839.1 (2M++23).
-
Step 12 - To a solution of compound 11 (70 mg, 160.32 umol, 1.00 eq) in acetone (3 mL) was added Jones reagent (95.27 mg, 480.96 umol, 3 eq) drop-wise at 20° C. After addition, the reaction was stirred at 20° C. for 10 mins, TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was quenched by isopropanol (0.5 ml) and diluted with water (5 ml). The resulting aqueous mixture was extracted with EA (3*15 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by pre-TLC to give compound 12 (20 mg, 48 umol, 29.9% yield) as white solid. Mass (m/z): 403.3 (M++1).
-
Step 13 - To a solution of compound 12 (10.00 mg, 24.84 umol, 1 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added LiAlH(t-BuO)3 (94.38 mg, 372.65 umol, 104.40 uL, 15 eq) at 20° C. It was stirred at 20° C. for 1 hr and at 40° C. for 16 hrs, TLC showed one new main spot was formed. The reaction was diluted by EA (50 ml), quenched by HCl (10 ml, 1M). The separated organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by pre-TLC to give CA (3 mg, 29.6% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=11.91 (br s, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=4.39, 1H), 4.10 (d, J=3.51, 1H), 3.99 (d, J=3.26, 1H), 3.79 (br d, J=2.64, 1H), 3.62 (br s, 1H), 3.23-3.14 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.06 (m, 5H), 1.82-1.63 (m, 6H), 1.41-1.13 (m, 11H), 1.01-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, J=6.4, 3H), 0.88-0.84 (m, 1H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.59 (s, 3H). 13C NMR, (100 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ=175.45, 71.45, 70.90, 66.71, 46.56, 46.22, 41.99, 41.84, 35.78, 35.52, 35.34, 34.86, 31.31, 31.27, 30.88, 29.01, 27.75, 26.68, 23.27, 23.10, 17.41, 12.81.
-
-
Step 1 - To a mixture of DHEA (20.00 g, 69.34 mmol, 1.00 eq) and 2-pyridylmethanamine (37.49 g, 346.70 mmol, 35.37 mL, 5.00 eq) in toluene(250.00 mL) was added PTSA (358.23 mg, 2.08 mmol, 0.03 eq) at 25° C., the mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hrs with Dean-Stark apparatus. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with EA (400 ml), washed with saturated NaHCO3 (100 ml*2) and water (100 ml*2). The organic layer was concentrated. The residue was triturated by EA (30 ml) at 25° C. to afford Compound 13 (23.40 g, 57.80 mmol, 83.36% yield, 93.5% purity) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.54 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (dt, J=1.7, 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.11 (m, 1H), 5.40 (br d, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.70-4.53 (m, 2H), 3.63-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.54-2.43 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.25 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.96-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.75-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.36 (m, 6H), 1.26-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 1.03 (br d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 0.94 (s, 3H).
-
Step 2 - To a solution of compound 13 (6.00 g, 15.85 mmol, 1.00 eq) in acetone (60.00 mL) and MeOH (60.00 mL) was added sodium ascorbate (6.28 g, 31.70 mmol, 2.00 eq) and Cu(MeCN)4PF6 (8.27 g, 22.19 mmol, 1.40 eq) in sequence at 25° C. After stirred at 25° C. for 5 mins, oxygen (15 psi) was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 10 mins. Then the reaction was heated to 50° C. and stirred at 50° C. for 2 hrs under O2 atmosphere. After cooled to 25° C., EA (300 mL) and saturated EDTA-Na4 (100 mL) was added, the mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 mins. The organic phase was separated and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE/EA=15/1 to 5/1) to afford Compound 14 (2.40 g, 7.88 mmol, 49.74% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=5.43-5.38 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.09 (s, 1H), 2.51 (dd, J=8.4, 19.4 Hz, 1H), 2.40-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.63 (m, 3H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 3H), 1.33-1.24 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.09 (m, 2H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 3H).
-
Step 3 - EtPPh3Br (12.18 g, 32.80 mmol, 10.00 eq) in a flask was dried under high vacuum for 1 hr at 70° C. Dry THF (100.00 mL) was added, followed by adding t-BuOK (3.68 g, 32.80 mmol, 10.00 eq) under N2. The entire mixture was still stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr under N2. The solution of Compound 14 (1.00 g, 3.28 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dry THF (5.00 mL) was added to the reaction at 70° C., the reaction was stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was all consumed and one new main spot was formed. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was diluted by EA (100 mL), quenched by saturated NH4Cl solution (30 mL). The aqueous solution was extracted with EA (50 mL*2), the combined organic layers were washed with brine (40 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered, concentrated in vacuum to give 1.04 g light yellow oil.
- The obtained light yellow oil (1.04 g, 3.29 mmol, 1.00 eq) was dissolved in DCM (20.00 mL) at 25° C., followed by adding Ac2O (752.36 mg, 7.37 mmol, 690.24 uL, 2.24 eq), Et3N (2.00 g, 19.74 mmol, 2.74 mL, 6.00 eq) and DMAP (80.39 mg, 658.00 umol, 0.20 eq) at 25° C. The reaction was stirred at 25° C. for 3 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was consumed completely and one new main spot was formed. The reaction was diluted with EA (100 ml), washed with H2O (50 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered, the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified with column chromatography (PE/EA=30/1 to 20/1) to give Compound 15 (1.14 g, 2.62 mmol, 79.59% yield, 92% purity) as off-white oil. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=5.41 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 5.31-5.19 (m, 1H), 4.91 (dd, J=5.0, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.57 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.19 (m, 4H), 2.12-2.08 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.98 (td, J=4.9, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 1.91-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.61 (m, 3H), 1.60-1.41 (m, 5H), 1.37-1.12 (m, 4H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H). Mass (m/z): 423.2 (M++23).
-
Step 4 - To a solution of compound 15 (1.12 g, 2.80 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (100.00 mL) was added paraformaldehyde (2.7 g, 29.96 mmol, 10.7 eq) in one portion at 0° C., followed by adding BF3.Et2O (39.74 mg, 280.00 umol, 34.56 uL, 0.10 eq) at 0° C. The mixture was warmed to 25° C. and stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. TLC showed one new spot was formed. The reaction mixture was quenched by H2O (15 ml), extracted with DCM (10 ml*3), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EA=30:1 to 15:1) to afford 860 mg white solid.
- To a flask was added oxalyl chloride (278.87 mg, 2.20 mmol, 192.32 uL, 1.10 eq) and DCM (20.00 mL) at 15° C. The reaction was cooled to −78° C. and it was stirred at −78° C. for 15 mins. Then, DMSO (312.10 mg, 3.99 mmol, 312.10 uL, 2.00 eq) was added drop-wise to the reaction at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 15 mins. The solution of previous obtained white solid (860.00 mg, 2.00 mmol, 1.00 eq) in DCM (3.00 mL) was added into the reactor at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for another 15 mins. Then TEA (1.01 g, 9.99 mmol, 1.38 mL, 5.00 eq) was added drop-wise at −78° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 15 mins and at 15° C. for 30 mins, TLC showed one new main spot was formed, the reaction was quenched with H2O (5 mL), extracted with DCM (15 mL). The organic phase was washed with brine (50 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum, which was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE:EA=60:1 to 30:1) to afford Compound 16 (510 mg, 59.5% yield) as a white solid.
- Step 5
- To a solution of NaH (476.00 mg, 11.90 mmol, 60% purity, 10.00 eq) in THF (10.00 ml) was added ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate (2.67 g, 11.90 mmol, 2.36 mL, 10.00 eq) at 25° C., the reaction mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 mins. A solution of Compound 16 (510.00 mg, 1.19 mmol, 1.00 eq) in THF (2.00 mL) was added to the reaction at 25° C. and it was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hrs. TLC showed the starting material was all consumed. Saturated NH4Cl (15 mL) was added into the reactor to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted with EA (50 mL*3), the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE:EA=50/1 to 30:1) to afford
compound 17 as colorless oil (720.00 mg, 929.00 umol, 78.07% yield, 64.34% purity by 1H NMR). 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=7.01 (dd, J=6.9, 15.7 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (dd, J=1.3, 15.7 Hz, 1H), 5.45 (br s, 1H), 5.42 (br d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.93 (dd, J=5.1, 10.7 Hz, 1H), 4.67-4.58 (m, 1H), 4.21 (q, J=7.2, 14.7 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.42-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.77 (m, 5H), 1.69-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, J=7.1, 3H), 1.29-1.27 (m, 1H), 1.26-1.17 (m, 2H), 1.14 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 3H). Mass (m/z): 521.2 (M++23). -
Step 6 - To a solution of compound 17 (660.00 mg, 1.32 mmol, 1.00 eq) in MeOH (150.00 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 70 mg) at 15° C. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with H2 several times. The reaction was heated to 25° C. and stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours under H2(50 psi). LCMS showed the starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give 450.00 mg white solid.
- To a mixture of obtained white solid (350.00 mg, 693.48 umol, 1.00 eq) in EtOH (10.00 mL) was added NaOH (332.87 mg, 8.32 mmol, 12.00 eq) in one portion at 15° C. under N2. The mixture was heated to 30° C. and stirred at 30° C. for 2 hrs. LCMS showed the starting material was all consumed, but no target mass was found. Another batch of NaOH (221.92 mg, 5.55 mmol, 8.00 eq) was added at 15° C., the mixture was keep stirred at 30° C. for another 4 hrs. LCMS showed all the starting material was consumed and desired mass was found. The mixture was concentrated in reduced pressure to remove solvent. Aqueous HCl (1N, 10 ml) was added to the residue to adjust to PH=4, and then extracted with EA (50 mL*3). The organic layer was washed with brine (10 mL*2), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to afford white solid (260.00 mg, 662.30 umol, 95.50% yield).
- The obtained white solid (260.00 mg) was dissolved in EtOH (15.00 mL) at 15° C., followed by adding HCl (153.00 mg, 4.20 mmol, 150.00 uL, 6.34 eq) at 15° C. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred at 80° C. for 30 mins. TLC showed the starting material was all consumed and two new spots were formed. The reaction was concentrated in vacuum, which was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, PE:EA=4:1 to 2:1) to give compound 18 (176 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=4.14 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.66-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.41 (dd, J=4.7, 11.0 Hz, 1H), 2.44-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.67 (m, 4H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.33-1.30 (m, 3H), 1.30-1.27 (m, 5H), 1.26-1.16 (m, 3H), 1.15-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.03 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.98-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.74 (s, 3H). Mass (m/z): 443.3 (M++23).
-
Step 7 - Compound 18 (50 mg, 118.87 umol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in acetone (2.50 mL) at 15° C., and then Jones reagent (150.00 uL) was added drop-wise to the solution until a yellow color persisted. The mixture was stirred at 15° C. for another 15 mins. TLC indicated desired product was formed. i-PrOH (10 ml) was added drop-wise and stirred 10 mins to quench the remaining Jones reagent. Then, H2O (10 mL) was added the reaction mixture, and it was extracted with EA (50 mL*2). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (15 mL), dried with anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (PE:EA=50/1, 10/1) to afford compound 19 (30.00 mg, 72.01 umol, 60.58% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, DMSO): δ=4.05 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 2.36-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.22-2.10 (m, 3H), 2.10-2.03 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.63 (m, 5H), 1.50-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.25 (m, 7H), 1.21-1.16 (m, 4H), 1.15-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.92-0.84 (m, 1H), 0.79 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H). Mass (m/z): 417.3 (M++1).
-
Step 8 - To a 1000 ml flask was added 19 (20.00 g, 48.01 mmol, 1.00 eq) and AcOH (300.00 mL). The reaction was cooled to 0° C., and then fresh prepared Br2 (7.67 g, 48.01 mmol, 2.47 mL, 1.00 eq) in AcOH (60.00 mL) was added to the reaction drop-wise. After addition, the reaction was warmed to 20° C., and stirred at 20° C. for 0.5 hour. Then, the reaction was diluted with EA (200 ml), washed with water (200 ml) and saturated NaHCO3 (3*200 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give 20 g crude oil residue.
- The oil residue (20.00 g) was added to a 1000 ml flask, DMF (500.00 mL) was added to the flask to prepare a solution, followed by adding Li2CO3 (12.61 g, 170.72 mmol, 4.23 eq) and LiBr (6.20 g, 71.44 mmol, 1.79 mL, 1.77 eq) to the reaction mixture. Then the reaction was heated to 150° C., and it was stirred at 150° C. for 2 hrs. After TLC (PE/EA=2/1) showed the reaction was completed, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with EA (500 ml), washed with water (500 ml), and the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give oil residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give compound 20 (5.4 g, 32% yield). 1H NMR, (400 MHz, MeOD): δ=5.69 (s, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (t, 1H), 2.43-2.09 (m, 7H), 1.99-1.61 (m, 8H), 1.35-1.24 (m, 6H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.09 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 1.06-0.93 (m, 1H), 0.80 (d, J=6.4 Hz 3H). Mass (m/z): 415.1 (M++1).
-
Step 9 - To a 100 ml flask was added compound 20 (1.00 g, 2.41 mmol, 1.00 eq), AcOH (10.00 mL) and toluene (1.00 mL). 2,3,5,6-tetrachloro-1,4-benzoquinone (889.62 mg, 3.62 mmol, 1.50 eq) was added to the reaction mixture at rt. The reaction was heated to 120° C., and it was stirred at 120° C. for 2 hrs. After LCMS showed the reaction was completed, it was diluted with EA (100 ml), washed with water (100 ml) and saturated NaHCO3 (2*100 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give yellow oil residue. The residue was purified by column chromatography to give compound 21 (650 mg, 89% purity, 58% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=6.20-6.12 (m, 2H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 4.16 (q, J=7.1, 2H), 2.73-1.32 (m, 19H), 1.28 (t, J=7.1, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 0.90 (d, J=6.3, 3H). Mass (m/z): 413.1 (M++1).
-
Step 10 - To a 100 ml flask was added compound 21 (2.50 g, 6.06 mmol, 1.00 eq) and DCM (60.00 mL). The reaction was cooled to 0° C., m-CPBA (2.09 g, 8.48 mmol, 70% purity, 1.40 eq) was added to the flask at 0° C., and it was stirred at 0° C. for 48 hrs. After TLC (PE/EA=2/1) showed the reaction was completed, it was diluted with DCM (100 ml), washed with saturated Na2SO3 (2*60 ml), the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (basified by TEA) to give compound 22 (1.0 g, 38% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=6.08 (s, 1H), 4.06 (q, J=7.09, 2H), 3.43 (d, J=3.67, 1H), 3.36 (d, J=3.55, 1H), 2.53-1.25 (m, 19H), 1.19 (t, J=7.15, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 0.81 (d, J=7.15, 3H). Mass (m/z): 429.2 (M++1).
-
Step 11 - To a pressure tube was added compound 22 (110.00 mg, 256.67 umol, 1.00 eq), Py (6.00 mL) and Pd/C (50.00 mg, 256.67 umol, 1.00 eq). The reaction was purged with H2 (50 psi) gas and stirred at 20° C. for 16 hrs. LCMS showed the reaction was completed. The reaction was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give compound 23 (100 mg, crude) as yellow oil. Mass (m/z): 433.3 (M++1).
-
Step 12 - To a 35 ml flask was added compound 23 (100 mg, crude) and THF (10 ml). LiAlH(t-OBu)3 (117.09 mg, 462.33 umol, 130.10 uL, 2.00 eq) was added to the flask at 20° C., and it was stirred at 20° C. for 5 hours. After TLC (PE/EA=1/3) showed the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched by saturated NH4Cl (20 ml), diluted with EA (100 ml), and washed with water (50 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give compound 24 (100 mg, crude) as colorless oil. Mass (m/z): 459.3 (M++23).
-
Step 13 - To a 35 ml tube was added compound 24 (100 mg, crude) and EtOH (2 ml), followed by adding NaOH (36.64 mg, 916.12 umol, 4.00 eq) to the reaction at 30° C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 1 hour. After TLC (AcOH/EA=1/50) the desired product was found, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to remove solvent, the residue was diluted with water (5 ml), acidized by conc. HCl to pH=3, and then extracted with EA (3*20 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo, the resulting residue was purified by pre-TLC (AcOH/EA=1/50) to give CA (15 mg) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=11.94 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (d, J=4.27, 1H), 4.13 (d, J=3.51, 1H), 4.02 (d, J=3.39, 1H), 3.79 (br d, J=2.76, 1H), 3.62 (br s, 1H), 3.22-3.16 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.02 (m, 5H), 1.78-1.44 (m, 6H), 1.47-1.13 (m, 11H), 1.01-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.93 (d, J=6.4, 3H), 0.88-0.84 (m, 1H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.59 (s, 3H). Mass (m/z): 817.6 (2M++1).
-
-
Step 1 - To a flask was added Ac-DHEA (50 g, 151.30 mmol, 1.0 eq) and toluene (1 L), 2-pyridylmethanamine (37.49 g, 346.72 mmol, 35.37 ml, 5.0 eq) was added to the reaction at 15° C., followed by adding PTSA (781.64 mg, 4.54 mmol, 0.03 eq) at 15° C. The reaction was heated to 110° C. with Dean-Stark apparatus for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to 15° C., EA (1 L) was added to the reaction. The resulting mixture was washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2*100 ml) and water (2*100 ml). The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was re-crystallized by EA (65 ml) to give compound 25 (54.0 g, 84.86% yield) as light yellow solid.
-
Step 2 - To a 100 ml flask was added compound 25 (10 g, 23.78 mmol, 1.00 eq) sodium ascorbate (9.42 g, 47.55 mmol, 2.00 eq) and Cu(OTf)2 (19.78 g, 54.69 mmol, 2.30 eq) at 25° C. Acetone (90 mL) and MeOH (90 mL) was added to the flask to prepare a solution. After stirred at 25° C. for 5 mins, O2 (15 psi) was bubbled through the reaction mixture for 5 mins. Then, the reaction was heated to 50° C., and it was stirred at 50° C. for 1.5 hrs. TLC (PE/EA=2/1) showed most of starting material was consumed, and a main new spot was found. The reaction was cooled to 25° C. EA (100 ml) and saturated EDTA-Na4 (100 ml) was added to the reaction and stirred for 1 hour. The resulting mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove organic solvent. The aqueous layer was extracted with EA (3*150 ml). The combined organic layer concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (PE/EA=20/1 to 2/1) to give compound 26 (6.2 g, 71.5% yield) as white solid. 1H NMR, (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=5.43 (d, J=5.2, 1H), 4.66-4.59 (m, 1H), 3.87-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J=8.8, 19.5 Hz, 1H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 3H), 1.52-1.30 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.13 (m, 3H), 1.08 (s, 3H), 0.98 (s, 3H).
-
Step 3 - To a 250 ml tube was added EtPPh3Br (26.63 g, 71.74 mmol, 5.00 eq) at 20° C., and it was purged with N2 gas. t-BuOK (8.05 g, 71.74 mmol, 5.00 eq) and THF (100 mL) was added to the flask at 20° C. The mixture was heated to 70° C., and it was stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr. Compound 26 (5 g, 14.35 mmol, 1.00 eq) was added to the reaction at 70° C., and it was stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC (PE/EA=2/1) showed all the starting material was consumed, and a new spot was formed. The reaction was diluted with EA (250 ml), quenched by water (100 ml) and separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EA (2*50 ml). The combined organic layer was concentrated in vacuo to give 9 g of crude product as yellow oil.
- To a 250 ml flask was added the yellow oil previous obtained (9 g, crude). DCM (75 mL) was added to the flask to prepare a solution. Ac2O (2.80 g, 27.46 mmol, 2.57 mL, 2 eq) was added to the flask at 20° C. DMAP (167.74 mg, 1.37 mmol, 0.1 eq) and Et3N (5.56 g, 54.92 mmol, 7.64 mL, 4 eq) was added to the flask at 20° C. The reaction was stirred at 20° C. for 16 hrs. TLC (PE/EA=5/1) showed all the starting material was consumed, and a new spot was formed. The reaction was diluted with DCM (100 ml), washed with water (50 ml) and separated. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (PE/EA=20/1 to 10/1) to give compound 15 (3.7 g, 66.9% yield), which can be converted into cholic acid by following the sequence described in Example 2.
-
- To a 35 ml flask is added compound 19 and THF (10 ml). LiAlH(t-OBu)3 (2.00 eq) is added to the flask at 20° C., and it is stirred at 20° C. for 5 hours. After TLC (PE/EA=1/3) shows the reaction is completed, the reaction is quenched by saturated NH4Cl (20 ml), diluted with EA (100 ml), and washed with water (50 ml). The organic layer is then concentrated in vacuo to give
compound 27. - To a 35 ml flask is added
compound 27 and EtOH (2 ml), followed by adding NaOH (4.00 eq) to the reaction at 30° C. The resulted mixture is stirred at 30° C. for 1 hour. After TLC (AcOH/EA=1/50) shows the desired product, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo to remove solvent, the residue is diluted with water (5 ml), pH is adjusted by conc. HCl to pH=3, and then is extracted with EA (3*20 ml). The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo, the resulted residue is purified by pre-TLC (AcOH/EA=1/50) to give deoxycholic acid. -
-
Step 1 -
Compound 4, which can be obtained from DHEA following the processes described in Example 1, is firstly converted intocompound 28. - Specifically, EtPPh3Br (5.00 eq) in a flask is dried under high vacuum for 1 hr at 70° C. Dry THF (3.00 mL) is added, followed by adding t-BuOK (5.00 eq) under N2. The entire mixture is still stirred at 70° C. for 0.5 hr under N2. The solution of Compound 4 (1.00 eq) in dry THF (2.00 mL) is added to the reaction at 70° C., the reaction is stirred at 70° C. for another 2 hrs. TLC shows the starting material is all consumed and one new spot is formed. After cooling to room temperature, the solution is diluted by EA (40 mL), quenched by saturated NaCl solution (10 mL). The aqueous solution is extracted with EA (20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated in vacuum to give an intermediate product. The intermediate product (1.00 eq) is then dissolved in DCM (5.00 mL) at 25° C., followed by adding Ac2O (4.2 eq), Et3N (6.00 eq) and DMAP (0.20 eq) at 25° C. The reaction is stirred at 25° C. for 7 hrs. The reaction is diluted with EA (50 ml), washed with H2O (10 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered, the organic layer is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by column chromatography to give
Compound 28. -
Step 2 - To a 50 ml flask is added compound 28 (1.00 eq) and DCM (5.00 mL). The reaction is cooled to 0° C.; paraformaldehyde (5.00 eq) is added to the reaction at 0° C., followed by adding BF3.Et2O (0.10 eq) to the reaction at 0° C. The reaction is warmed to 15° C., and stirred at 15° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction is diluted with DCM (50 ml), and quenched by water (30 ml). The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified to give an intermediate product. To a 10 ml tube is added (COCl)2 (2.40 eq) and DCM (6.00 mL). The mixture is cooled to −78° C. DMSO (4.00 eq) is added drop-wise to the reaction mixture at −78° C. After addition, the reaction is stirred at −78° C. for 0.5 hrs. The intermediate product is then added to the reaction at −78° C. It is stirred at −78 for 0.5 hrs. TEA (10.00 eq) is added drop-wise at −78° C. After addition, the reaction is warmed to 15° C., and stirred at 15° C. for 0.5 hr. The reaction is diluted with DCM (50 ml), and quenched by water (30 ml). The separated organic layer is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified to give
compound 29. -
Step 3 - To a 10 ml tube is added NaH (4.00 eq) and THF (2.00 mL), followed by adding ethyl 2-diethoxyphosphorylacetate (5.00 eq) to the flask at 15° C. The resulted mixture is stirred at 15° C. for 10 mins. Compound 29 (1.00 eq) is added to the flask at 15° C., and stirred at 15° C. for 0.5 hr. The reaction is then quenched by water (5 ml), and extracted with DCM (2*30 ml). The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified to give
compound 30. -
Step 4 - To a 35 ml pressure tube is added compound 30 (1.00 eq), EtOH (4.00 mL) and Pd/C (0.1 eq based on Pd) at 25° C. The mixture is purged with H2 gas (50 psi) and stirred at 25° C. for 4 hrs. The resulting mixture is filtered, the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give compound 31.
- Step 5
- To a solution of compound 31 (1.00 eq) in MeOH (4.00 mL) is added NaOH (12.00 eq) at 25° C. After that, the reaction is heated to 60° C., and stirred at 60° C. for 2 hrs. The reaction is than allowed to cool to rt. After it is concentrated in vacuo, the resulting residue is dissolved in water (5 ml), and the pH is adjusted by HCl to PH=3. The resulted aqueous layer is extracted with EA (3*15 ml). The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo to give Chenodeoxycholic acid.
- A few process impurities (see e.g., impurities 1-4 in
FIG. 2 ) in the final cholic acid produced in Example 1 or 2 have been isolated using preparative HPLC (e.g., Shimadzu LC-20AP prep HPLC system), with H2O (0.1% TFA) and acetonitrile as eluents, Column: Luna C18 300*50 mm, 10u, ELSD as monitor and identified as Compounds 32, 33, 34, and 35 as follows. Those skilled in the art would know how to adjust the flow rate and gradients to obtain optimal separation. The purity of the isolated product can be analyzed by analytical HPLC, for example, also using H2O (0.1% TFA) and acetonitrile as eluents, Column: Luna C18 100*30 mm, 5u. - The 1H-NMR spectra below were obtained using Bruker AV 400 (400 MHz); and 13C NMR spectra below were obtained using Bruker AV 400 (100 MHz). In reporting the NMR spectra, the following conventions are used: s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, m=multiplet, br s=broad singlet, ov=overlapped; a and b show the two different protons in prochiral methylene.
- Compound 32 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 32 can be derived, for example, from hydrogenation of a product formed in Step 8 (part a) of Example 1 followed by deprotection. Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 733.5 (Positive Scan, 2M+1). The assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-A.
-
TABLE 2A Chemical Shift Assignments for Compound 32 in DMSO-d6 (25° C.) Position 1H NMR(ppm)(nH, m) 13C NMR(ppm) 1a 0.84, 1H, ov 35.3 1b 1.64, 1H, ov 2a 1.42, 1H, ov 30.4 2b 1.27, 1H, ov 3 3.18, 1H, tt 70.4 4a 1.45, 1H, ov 39.6 4b 2.23, 1H, ov 5 1.23, 1H, ov 41.5 6a 1.36, 1H, ov 34.9 6b 1.79, 1H, ov 7 3.60, 1H, br.s 66.3 8 1.32, 1H, ov 39.3 9 2.15, 1H, ov 26.3 10 — 34.4 11 1.40, 2H, ov 28.6 12 3.79, 1H, br.s 71.0 13 — 45.9 14 1.95, 1H, ov 41.1 15a 0.96, 1H, ov 23.0 15b 1.64, 1H, ov 16a 1.16, 1H, ov 27.0 16b 1.67, 1H, ov 17 1.78, 1H, ov 43.3 18 0.59, 3H, s 12.5 19 0.81, 3H, s 22.7 20 1.33, 1H, ov 39.4 21 0.98, 3H, d, 6.48 Hz 15.7 22a 3.01, 1H, m 65.9 22b 3.40, 1H, m 3-OH 4.32, 1H, d, 4.40 Hz — 7-OH 4.00, 1H, d, 3.30 Hz — 12-OH 4.09, 1H, d, 3.55 Hz — 22-OH 4.22, 1H, t, 5.26 Hz — - The 1H-NMR spectrum of Compound 32 shows the structure characteristic of cholesteric acid derivative, which is one of steroids. All protons resonate in the aliphatic area of the spectrum and three methyl signals can be observed in the high field: 0.59 ppm (3H, s, H-18), 0.81 ppm (3H, s, H-19) and 0.98 ppm (3H, d, J=6.48 Hz, H-21). In the lower field of the aliphatic area, three methines adjacent to the oxygen atom can be found: 3.79 ppm (1H, m, H-12), 3.60 ppm (1H, br.s, H-7) and 3.18 ppm (1H, m, H-3). Meanwhile, one methylene adjacent to the oxygen atom, which is a group in the C17 side chain of steroids skeleton, resonate at 3.01 ppm (1H, m) and 3.40 ppm (1H, m) in the lower field area.
- In the COSY spectrum, the methylene at 3.01 ppm and 3.40 ppm correlate with the methine at 1.33 ppm (H-20) and active proton at 4.22 ppm (1H, t, J=5.26 Hz). And that methine at 1.33 ppm also correlate with the methyl at 0.98 ppm (H-21) and methine at 1.78 ppm (H-17). These signals prove that the C17 side chain is ‘1-hydroxypropan-2-yl’. In the HMBC spectrum, H-19 correlate with C-1, C-10, C-5 and C-9; H-18 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17; H-21 correlate with C-20, C-22 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups. In the NOESY spectrum, the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.81 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.23 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlated with methine at 1.32 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.14 ppm (H-9);C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.59 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 1.95 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘β’ because methyl at 0.59 ppm correlate with methine at 1.33 ppm (H-20) and don't correlate with methine at 1.78 ppm (H-17); The correlation signals between methine at 3.18 ppm (H-3) and H-5, methine at 3.60 ppm (H-7) and H-8/H-6(1.36 ppm and 1.78 ppm), methine at 3.79 ppm and H-19 can support the conclusion of 3α(OH), 7α(OH) and 12α(OH). However, the configuration of C-20 cannot be ensured based on the NMR studies because the chiral center is outside the ring. In conclusion, we can determine that the configuration of Compound 32 is 3α, 5β,7α,8β,9α,10β,12α,13β,14α,17β,20(R or S).
- Compound 33 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 33 is a diastereomer of cholic acid at the C20 position, which can be derived, for example, from a minor isomer formed in Step 8 (or epimerization) of Example 1 that carried through the synthesis until cholic acid. Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 817.6 (Positive Scan, 2M+1). The assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-B:
-
TABLE 2B Chemical Shift Assignments for Compound 33 in DMSO-d6 (25° C.) Position 1H NMR(ppm)(nH, m) 13C NMR(ppm) 1a 0.83, 1H, ov 35.3 1b 1.64, 1H, ov 2a 1.41, 1H, ov 30.3 2b 1.28, 1H, ov 3 3.18, 1H, tt 70.5 4a 1.45, 1H, ov 39.6 4b 2.21, 1H, ov 5 1.23, 1H, ov 41.5 6a 1.36, 1H, ov 34.9 6b 1.79, 1H, ov 7 3.61, 1H, br.s 68.3 8 1.33, 1H, ov 39.5 9 2.14, 1H, ov 26.2 10 — 34.6 11a 1.44, 1H, ov 28.5 11b 1.38, 1H, ov 12 3.80, 1H, br.s 71.0 13 — 45.7 14 1.99, 1H, ov 41.3 15a 0.96, 1H, ov 22.7 15b 1.65, 1H, ov 16a 1.15, 1H, ov 27.4 16b 1.67, 1H, ov 17 1.78, 1H, ov 46.3 18 0.59, 3H, s 12.5 19 0.80, 3H, s 22.6 20 1.34, 1H, ov 34.4 21 0.78, 3H, d, 5.50 Hz 18.3 22a 1.87, 1H, ov 29.3 22b 1.36, 1H, ov 23a 2.35, 1H, ov 31.1 23b 2.09, 1H, ov 24 — 175.2 - The 1H-NMR spectrum of Compound 33 shows the structure characteristic of cholesteric acid derivative, which is one of steroids. All protons resonate in the aliphatic area of the spectrum and three methyl signals can be observed in the high field: 0.59 ppm (3H, s, H-18), 0.80 ppm (3H, s, H-19) and 0.78 ppm (3H, d, J=5.50 Hz, H-21). In the lower field of the aliphatic area, three methines adjacent to the oxygen atom can be found: 3.80 ppm (1H, br.s, H-12), 3.61 ppm (1H, br.s, H-7) and 3.18 ppm (1H, tt, J1=10.3 Hz, J2=4.0 Hz, H-3).
- In the COSY spectrum, the methyl at 0.78 ppm (H-21) correlate with the methine at 1.34 ppm (H-20) and H-20 correlate with methine at 1.79 ppm (H-17). According to the HMBC spectrum, H-21 correlate with carbon at 46.3 ppm (C-17), 39.3 ppm (C-22). The two methylenes H22 and H23 correlate with carbonyl at 175.2 ppm (C-24). These signals prove that the C17 side chain is ‘1-n-valeric acid-4-yl’.
- In the HMBC spectrum, H-19 correlate with C-1, C-5, C-9 and C-10; H-18 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups.
- In the NOESY spectrum, the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.80 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.23 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlate with methine at 1.33 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.14 ppm (H-9);C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.59 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 1.99 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘β’ because methyl at 0.59 ppm correlate with methine at 1.34 ppm (H-20) and don't correlate with methine at 1.78 ppm (H-17); The correlation signals between methine at 3.18 ppm (H-3) and H-5, methine at 3.61 ppm (H-7) and H-8, H-6(1.36 ppm and 1.79 ppm), methine at 3.80 ppm and H-18 can support the conclusion of 3α(OH), 7α(OH) and 12α(OH). However, the configuration of C-20 cannot be ensured based on NMR because the chiral center is outside the ring. In conclusion, we can determine that the configuration is 3α, 5β,7α,8β,9α,10β,12β,13β,14α,17β,20(R or S). As Compound 33 has the same stereochemistry at the 3, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, and 17 position as that of cholic acid, the C20 stereochemistry of Compound 33 is assigned as “S”, as cholic acid has a “R” configuration at C20.
- Compound 34 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 34 is a diastereomer of cholic acid at the C17 position, which can be derived, for example, from a minor isomer formed in
Step 10 of Example 1 that carried through the synthesis until cholic acid. Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 407.3 (Negative Scan, M−1). The assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-C: -
TABLE 2C Chemical Shift Assignments for Compound 34 in chloroform -d (25° C.) Position H NMR(ppm)(nH, m) 13C NMR(ppm) 1a 0.97, 1H, ov 35.4 1b 1.74, 1H, ov 2a 1.40, 1H, ov 29.9 2b 1.67, 1H, ov 3 3.47, 1H, m 71.9 4a 1.78, 1H, ov 39.4 4b 2.22, 1H, ov 5 1.39, 1H, ov 41.4 6a 1.57, 1H, ov 34.4 6b 1.92, 1H, ov 7 3.94, 1H, br.s 69.3 8 1.62, 1H, ov 39.2 9 2.27, 1H, ov 26.4 10 — 34.8 11 1.59, 2H, ov 29.7 12 4.27, 1H, br.s 73.3 13 — 47.1 14 2.00, 1H, ov 40.0 15a 1.10, 1H, ov 25.2 15b 1.71, 1H, ov 16a 1.28, 1H, ov 29.4 16b 1.84, 1H, ov 17 1.40, 1H, ov 55.9 18 0.78, 3H, s 24.2 19 0.88, 3H, s 22.3 20 1.90, 1H, ov 34.7 21 0.80, 3H, d, 6.36 Hz 18.1 22a 1.15, 1H, ov 31.9 22b 2.04, 1H, ov 23 2.43, 2H, m 32.1 24 — 178.5 - The 1H-NMR spectrum of Compound 34 shows the structure characteristic of cholesteric acid derivative, which is one of steroids. All protons resonate in the aliphatic area of the spectrum and three methyl signals can be observed in the high field: 0.77 ppm (3H, s, H-18), 0.88 ppm (3H, s, H-19) and 0.80 ppm (3H, d, J=6.48 Hz, H-21). In the lower field of the aliphatic area, three methines adjacent to the oxygen atom can be found: 4.27 ppm (1H, br.s, H-12), 3.94 ppm (1H, br.s, H-7) and 3.47 ppm (1H, m, H-3).
- In the COSY spectrum, the methyl at 0.80 ppm (H-21) correlate with the methine at 1.90 ppm (H-20) and H-20 correlate with methine at 1.40 ppm (H-17). According to the HMBC spectrum, H-21 correlate with carbon at 55.9 ppm (C-17), 31.9 ppm (C-22). The two methylenes H22 and H23 correlate with carbonyl at 178.5 ppm (C-24). These signals prove that the C17 side chain is ‘1-n-valeric acid-4-yl’.
- In the HMBC spectrum, H-18 correlate with C-1, C-10, C-5 and C-9; H-19 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17; H-21 correlate with C-20, C-22 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups.
- In the NOESY spectrum, the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.88 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.39 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlate with methine at 1.62 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.27 ppm (H-9);C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.78 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 2.00 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘a’ because methyl at 0.78 ppm correlate with methine at 1.39 ppm (H-17) and don't correlate with methine at 1.90 ppm (H-20); The correlation signals between H-3 and H-5, H-7 and H-8 H-6(1.57 ppm and 1.92 ppm), H-12 and H-18 can support the conclusion of 3α(OH), 7α(OH) and 12α(OH).
- However, the configuration of C-20 cannot be ensured based on the NMR studies because the chiral center is outside the ring. In conclusion, we can determine that the configuration is 3α, 5β,7α,8β,9α,10β,12α,13β,14α,17α,20(R or S). Nevertheless, as Compound 34 is a diastereomer of Compound 35 (see below) with the only difference being the C20 stereochemistry, and X-ray crystal structure of Compound 35 shows that it has a C20 S configuration, the stereochemistry at C20 of Compound 34 is assigned as R configuration.
- Compound 35 is a process impurity having the following structure:
- Compound 35 is a diastereomer of Compound 34 at the C20 position, which can be derived, for example, from a minor isomer formed in Steps 8-10 of Example 1 that carried through the synthesis until cholic acid. Mass spectral analysis shows a peak at 407.2 (Negative Scan, M−1). The assignments of chemical shifts (in ppm) of proton and carbon are tabulated in Table 2-D:
-
TABLE 2D Chemical Shift Assignments for Compound 35 in chloroform -d (25° C.) Position 1H NMR(ppm)(nH, m) 13C NMR(ppm) 1a 0.97, 1H, ov 34.3 1b 1.75, 1H, ov 2a 1.37, 1H, ov 29.7 2b 1.66, 1H, ov 3 3.48, 1H, tt 71.9 4a 1.76, 1H, ov 39.1 4b 2.13, 1H, ov 5 1.41, 1H, ov 41.3 6a 1.57, 1H, ov 34.3 6b 1.94, 1H, ov 7 3.94, 1H, br.s 69.2 8 1.61, 1H, ov 39.8 9 2.25, 1H, ov 26.3 10 — 34.8 11a 1.56, 1H, ov 29.6 11b 1.65, 1H, ov 12 4.06, 1H, br.s 73.1 13 — 48.0 14 2.01, 1H, ov 39.5 15a 1.16, 1H, ov 25.3 15b 1.80, 1H, ov 16a 1.43, 1H, ov 25.6 16b 1.82, 1H, ov 17 1.57, 1H, ov 55.7 18 0.75, 3H, s 23.8 19 0.89, 3H, s 22.2 20 1.99, 1H, ov 34.2 21 0.91, 3H, d, 6.48 Hz 20.5 22a 1.08, 1H, ov 29.5 22b 1.98, 1H, ov 23 2.36, 2H, m 32.4 24 — 178.5 - The 1H-NMR spectrum of Compound 35 shows the structure characteristic of cholesteric acid derivative, which is one of steroids. All protons resonate in the aliphatic area of the spectrum and three methyl signals can be observed in the high field: 0.75 ppm (3H, s, H-18), 0.89 ppm (3H, s, H-19) and 0.91 ppm (3H, d, J=6.48 Hz, H-21). In the lower field of the aliphatic area, three methines adjacent to the oxygen atom can be found: 4.06 ppm (1H, br.s, H-12), 3.94 ppm (1H, br.s, H-7) and 3.48 ppm (1H, m, H-3).
- In the COSY spectrum, the methyl at 0.91 ppm (H-21) correlate with the methine at 1.99 ppm (H-20) and H-20 correlate with methine at 1.57 ppm (H-17). According to the HMBC spectrum, H-21 correlate with carbon at 55.7 ppm (C-17), 29.5 ppm (C-22). The two methylenes H22 and H23 correlate with carbonyl at 178.5 ppm (C-24). These signals prove that the C17 side chain is ‘1-n-valeric acid-4-yl’.
- In the HMBC spectrum, H-18 correlate with C-1, C-10, C-5 and C-9; H-19 correlate with C-12, C-13, C-14 and C-17; H-21 correlate with C-20, C-22 and C-17. Those correlation signals support the correct attachment of several groups.
- In the NOESY spectrum, the relative configuration of A/B ring is ‘cis’ because of the fact that methyl at 0.89 ppm (H-19) correlate with methine at 1.41 ppm (H-5); B/C ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl H-19 correlate with methine at 1.61 (H-8) and don't correlate with methine at 2.25 ppm (H-9);C/D ring's is ‘trans’ as methyl at 0.75 ppm (H-18) don't correlate with methine at 2.01 ppm (H-14) and correlate with H-8; the relative configuration of C-17 is ‘α’ because methyl at 0.75 ppm correlate with methine at 1.57 ppm (H-17) and don't correlate with methine at 1.99 ppm (H-20); The correlation signals between H-3 and H-5, H-7 and H-8 H-6(1.57 ppm and 1.92 ppm), H-12 and H-18 can support the conclusion of 3α(OH), 7α(OH) and 12α(OH).
- However, the configuration of C-20 cannot be ensured based on NMR studies because the chiral center is outside the ring. In conclusion, we can determine that the configuration of Compound 35 is 3α,5β,7α,8β,9α,10β,12α,13β,14α,17α,20(R or S).
- Nonetheless, an X-ray structure of a crystal of Compound 35 was obtained, which concludes that the stereochemistry of Compound 35 at C20 position is in the S configuration. See
FIG. 1 . - The X-ray structural analysis: A sample of Compound 35 was dissolved in acetone and kept in a half sealed vial. The solvent evaporate slowly at room temperature. A crystal suitable in size was obtained in the second day. Its transparency was check by microscope and then the crystal was sent for X-ray test using Rigaku Saturn Diffractometer using graphic-monochromated Mo Kα radiation (λ=0.71073 Å). The following parameter was used: Radiation monochromator: artificial multimembrane focusing mirror; Single tube diameter: ϕ=0.50 mm; Distance from the crystal to the CCD detector: d=45 mm; Tube Pressure: 50 kV; Tube Flow: 16 mA. A total of 27071 reflections were collected in the theta range from 2.303 to 31.246°. The limiting indices were: −12≤h≤12, −12≤k≤12, −42≤1≤43; which yielded 7098 unique reflections (Rint=0.0650). The structure was solved using direct methods and was refined by full-matrix least-squares on F2 values. Non-hydrogen atoms were refined anisotropically. Hydrogen atoms were fixed at calculated positions and refined using a riding mode. The total number of refined parameters was 310, compared with 7098 data. All reflections were included in the refinement. The goodness of fit on F2 was 1.031 with a final R value for [I>2σ(I)] R=0.0668 and Rw=0.1664. The largest differential peak and hole were 0.391 and −0.413 e. Å−3, respectively.
- The crystal was a colorless prism with the following dimensions: 0.20×0.18×0.12 mm3. The symmetry of the crystal structure was assigned the orthorhombic space group P2(1)2(1)2(1) with the following parameters: a=8.4747(4) Å, b=9.2565(4) Å, c=29.9531(11) Å, α=β=γ=90°, V=2349.7(17) Å3, Z=4, Dc=1.240 Mg/m3, F(000)=968, μ(Mo Kα)=0.088 mm−1, and T=113(2) K. See Table 3 below.
-
TABLE 3 Summary of X-ray Crystallographic Data of Compound 35 Crystal Size 0.20 × 0.18 × 0.12 mm3 Radiation Type Mo Kα (λ = 0.71073 Å) Space Group Orthorhombic P2(1)2(1)2(1) Cell Size a = 8.4747(4) Å b = 9.2565(4) Å c = 29.9531(11) Å α = 90° β = 90° γ = 90° Cell Volume V = 2349.70(17) Å3 Cell Formula Units Z = 4 Crystal Density Dc = 1.240 Mg/m3 Crystal F(000) 968 Absorption Coefficient mu μ(Mo Kα) = 0.088 mm−1 Limiting Indices −12 ≤ h ≤ 12 −12 ≤ k ≤ 12 −42 ≤ 1 ≤ 43 Cell Measurement Temperature T = 113(2) K. Theta range for data collection 2.303 to 31.246° Goodness-of-fit on F{circumflex over ( )}2 1.031 Final R indices [I > 2sigma(I)] R1 = 0.0668, wR2 = 0.1664 R indices (all data) R1 = 0.0877, wR2 = 0.1841 Largest diff. peak and hole 0.391 and −0.413 e.Å−3 Reflections collected/unique 27071/7098 [R(int) = 0.0650] - With respect to aspects of the invention described as a genus, all individual species are individually considered separate aspects of the invention. If aspects of the invention are described as “comprising” a feature, embodiments also are contemplated “consisting of or “consisting essentially of” the feature.
- The foregoing description of the specific embodiments will so fully reveal the general nature of the invention that others can, by applying knowledge within the skill of the art, readily modify and/or adapt for various applications such specific embodiments, without undue experimentation, without departing from the general concept of the present disclosure. Therefore, such adaptations and modifications are intended to be within the meaning and range of equivalents of the disclosed embodiments, based on the teaching and guidance presented herein. It is to be understood that the phraseology or terminology herein is for the purpose of description and not of limitation, such that the terminology or phraseology of the present specification is to be interpreted by the skilled artisan in light of the teachings and guidance.
- The breadth and scope of the present disclosure should not be limited by any of the above-described exemplary embodiments, but should be defined only in accordance with the following claims and their equivalents.
- All of the various aspects, embodiments, and options described herein can be combined in any and all variations.
- All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
Claims (8)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/381,865 US20220009957A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2021-07-21 | Methods for Preparing Bile Acids |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CNPCT/CN2017/095784 | 2017-08-03 | ||
CN2017095784 | 2017-08-03 | ||
PCT/CN2018/098535 WO2019024920A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2018-08-03 | Methods for preparing bile acids |
US202016636260A | 2020-02-03 | 2020-02-03 | |
US17/381,865 US20220009957A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2021-07-21 | Methods for Preparing Bile Acids |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2018/098535 Continuation WO2019024920A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2018-08-03 | Methods for preparing bile acids |
US16/636,260 Continuation US11161872B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2018-08-03 | Methods for preparing bile acids |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220009957A1 true US20220009957A1 (en) | 2022-01-13 |
Family
ID=65233134
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/636,260 Active US11161872B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2018-08-03 | Methods for preparing bile acids |
US17/381,865 Pending US20220009957A1 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2021-07-21 | Methods for Preparing Bile Acids |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/636,260 Active US11161872B2 (en) | 2017-08-03 | 2018-08-03 | Methods for preparing bile acids |
Country Status (8)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11161872B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3645548B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP6937893B2 (en) |
KR (2) | KR102388809B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN111328332B (en) |
BR (1) | BR112020002300A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA3070853C (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019024920A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115466300A (en) * | 2022-10-18 | 2022-12-13 | 湖南科瑞生物制药股份有限公司 | Cholic acid intermediate A7 and synthesis method thereof |
CN115536720A (en) * | 2022-10-18 | 2022-12-30 | 湖南科瑞生物制药股份有限公司 | Cholic acid intermediate A8 and preparation method thereof |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130261317A1 (en) * | 2010-09-27 | 2013-10-03 | Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for preparing synthetic bile acids and compositions comprising the same |
Family Cites Families (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1308085A (en) * | 2000-12-28 | 2001-08-15 | 国家中药制药工程技术研究中心 | Preparation process of deoxycholeic acid of bear |
US7754230B2 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2010-07-13 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and related compositions for reduction of fat |
US7622130B2 (en) * | 2004-05-19 | 2009-11-24 | Los Angeles Biomedical Research Institute at Harbor UCLA-Medical Center | Methods and compositions for the non-surgical removal of fat |
US20060127468A1 (en) | 2004-05-19 | 2006-06-15 | Kolodney Michael S | Methods and related compositions for reduction of fat and skin tightening |
ITMI20050912A1 (en) | 2005-05-19 | 2006-11-20 | Erregierre Spa | PROCESS OF PREPARATION OF ACIDS 3-A-YA (B) -DIDROSSI-6-A (B) -ALCHIL-5B-COLANICI |
EP2032594B1 (en) * | 2006-06-27 | 2015-09-23 | Wellington Laboratories Inc. | Glycyrrhetinic acid derivatives |
BRPI0813140C1 (en) * | 2007-06-19 | 2021-05-25 | Kythera Biopharmaceuticals Inc | method for the preparation of deoxycholic acid (dca) or an ester thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and intermediate compound |
GB2480632A (en) | 2010-05-25 | 2011-11-30 | Kythera Biopharmaceuticals Inc | Preparation of 12-keto and 12-alpha-hydroxy steroids |
EP3789394A1 (en) | 2012-06-19 | 2021-03-10 | Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Crystalline forms c of obeticholic acid |
NZ727407A (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2018-12-21 | Medytox Inc | Methods and compositions of bile acids and salts for reduction of fat |
-
2018
- 2018-08-03 JP JP2020505342A patent/JP6937893B2/en active Active
- 2018-08-03 KR KR1020227005124A patent/KR102388809B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2018-08-03 BR BR112020002300-0A patent/BR112020002300A2/en active Search and Examination
- 2018-08-03 US US16/636,260 patent/US11161872B2/en active Active
- 2018-08-03 CA CA3070853A patent/CA3070853C/en active Active
- 2018-08-03 CN CN201880050481.3A patent/CN111328332B/en active Active
- 2018-08-03 EP EP18841928.7A patent/EP3645548B1/en active Active
- 2018-08-03 KR KR1020207003133A patent/KR20200026273A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2018-08-03 WO PCT/CN2018/098535 patent/WO2019024920A1/en unknown
-
2021
- 2021-07-21 US US17/381,865 patent/US20220009957A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130261317A1 (en) * | 2010-09-27 | 2013-10-03 | Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods for preparing synthetic bile acids and compositions comprising the same |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
Li et al. (Chin. J. Pharm. Anal., 2006, 26(5), 577-584). * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3645548B1 (en) | 2023-11-29 |
KR20220035196A (en) | 2022-03-21 |
JP2020528920A (en) | 2020-10-01 |
JP6937893B2 (en) | 2021-09-22 |
CN111328332A (en) | 2020-06-23 |
KR102388809B1 (en) | 2022-04-21 |
CA3070853C (en) | 2023-01-03 |
BR112020002300A2 (en) | 2020-08-04 |
CA3070853A1 (en) | 2019-02-07 |
US11161872B2 (en) | 2021-11-02 |
US20200369712A1 (en) | 2020-11-26 |
EP3645548C0 (en) | 2023-11-29 |
WO2019024920A1 (en) | 2019-02-07 |
EP3645548A4 (en) | 2021-06-16 |
CN111328332B (en) | 2023-01-24 |
EP3645548A1 (en) | 2020-05-06 |
KR20200026273A (en) | 2020-03-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220009957A1 (en) | Methods for Preparing Bile Acids | |
US8362286B2 (en) | Method for making 3α-hydroxy, 3β- substituted-5α-pregnan-20-ones | |
JP2007506805A (en) | Process for the preparation of 7α-alkylated 19-nor steroids | |
EP2344489B1 (en) | Process for the preparation of vinpocetine and apovincamine | |
US8524693B2 (en) | Process for obtaining 17-spirolactones in steroids | |
JP2017502031A (en) | Ent-progesterone and intermediate synthesis | |
US20220324901A1 (en) | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF CORTEXOLONE 17alpha-PROPIONATE AND NEW HYDRATED CRYSTALLINE FORM THEREOF | |
NO172183B (en) | PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING DERIVATIVES OF 9- (1,3-DICYDROXY-2-PROPOXYMETHYL) -GUANINE | |
KR100639655B1 (en) | Process for preparing 4,1720-prostadien-3,16-dione from 16?,17?-epoxypregnenolone and the intermediate compounds for preparing the same | |
WO2017207648A1 (en) | Process and intermediates for the preparation of obeticholic acid and derivatives thereof | |
DE3427486A1 (en) | METHOD FOR PRODUCING 6 (ALPHA) METHYLSTEROIDS | |
US20070299260A1 (en) | Method for Preparing Hexahydro-8-Hydroxy-2, 6-Methano-2H-Chinolizin-3 (4H) -One Esters | |
US9012667B2 (en) | Process for introducing a double bond into position 15, 16 of a steroid | |
US11059854B2 (en) | Method for preparing steroid derivative FXR agonist | |
EP1620455B1 (en) | Process for preparing guggulsterones and guggulsterol | |
RU2566368C1 (en) | METHOD OF PRODUCING 6-METHYLENO-16α,17α-CYCLOHEXANOPREGN-4-ENE-3,20-DIONE | |
ITMI941846A1 (en) | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF GESTODENE | |
US4113722A (en) | Steroidal[16α,17-b]benzodioxins | |
CN115850224A (en) | Synthetic method and application of modified long-chain fatty acid type PET reagent precursor | |
NO174582B (en) | Glycerol ethers and methods of producing glycerol ethers |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: WUXI APPTEC (WUHAN) CO., LTD., CHINA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:QIAN, YINGZHE;REEL/FRAME:059901/0443 Effective date: 20200512 Owner name: WUXI APPTEC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD., CHINA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:LIU, DEJUN;REEL/FRAME:059901/0425 Effective date: 20200512 Owner name: MEDYTOX INC., KOREA, REPUBLIC OF Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:WUXI APPTEC (HONG KONG) LIMITED;REEL/FRAME:059901/0479 Effective date: 20200514 Owner name: WUXI APPTEC (HONG KONG) LIMITED, CHINA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:WUXI APPTEC (WUHAN) CO., LTD.;REEL/FRAME:059901/0466 Effective date: 20200514 Owner name: WUXI APPTEC (WUHAN) CO., LTD., CHINA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:WUXI APPTEC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.;REEL/FRAME:059901/0462 Effective date: 20200513 Owner name: MEDYTOX INC., KOREA, REPUBLIC OF Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LEE, JUNHO;SONG, YOONSEOK;REEL/FRAME:059901/0458 Effective date: 20200518 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |